Copyright: BookCAT 98


Getting started

Welcome to BookCAT 98!

BookCAT is a powerful 32-bit Windows application designed to catalog and manage a personal, club, school, church, or business library. BookCAT will help you know what you have, where it is (including books lent out) and the total value of your collection. For more information, please see What is BookCAT? and key features.

Before you can start cataloging your collection, you must open a database or create a new database. The first time you start BookCAT, the sample database is automatically opened.

If you have never used BookCAT before, we strongly recommend that you go through the tutorial. Even if you have used the 16-bit version before, you should at least have a quick look at the tutorial. There are many new features!

BookCAT 98 cannot open databases created with the old 16-bit version. You have to create a new empty database with BookCAT 98 and then import data from the "old" database.

If you need support, don't hesitate to contact us. If you want to order BookCAT, please see the section How to order.

We hope you enjoy using BookCAT!


What is BookCAT?

BookCAT is a powerful 32-bit Windows application designed to catalog and manage a personal, club, school, church, or business library. BookCAT will help you know what you have, where it is (including books lent out) and the total value of your collection. BookCAT is easy-to-use for the amateur, with sophisticated features for the professional.

BookCAT has a comprehensive set of fields, enabling you to catalog information like author, title, publisher, ISBN number, publish date, number of pages, editor, original title, translator, binding, edition, type of book (Fiction, Non-fiction, etc.), category and sub-category (Drama, Science Fiction, Thriller, etc.), purchase date, price, current value, condition, status (Own, Want, For sale, etc.), personal rating, owner, location, keywords, awards and nominations, comments, synopsis, reviews, and more.

You can work with an unlimited number of databases. This means you can split your collection into different catalogs and organize it to meet your needs. BookCAT allows you to change the name of all data fields. You can hide the fields you don’t want to use. These fields will disappear from all windows, menus, lists etc. This way you can customize the database to suit your needs.

You can effectively search the database for information that you require. Search in all fields with any combination of fields and operators. In addition, BookCAT lets you cross reference up to five fields. This is an extremely flexible way to search and query data.

The report designer lets you create almost any type of report. Use one of the more than 80 pre-defined reports, or create your own reports from scratch. You have full control over data fields, groups, sort order, columns, fonts, colors, paper size, margins and print orientation. BookCAT lets you preview reports on screen before printing. Using BookCAT you can easily create professionally looking reports with exactly the layout you want.

With the HTML Generator you can quickly generate documents to be published on the World Wide Web. The loan module lets you keep track of books on loan. Check the program periodically to see what is still out on loan. You will always know who has what and since when.

The statistics function allows you to analyze your collection in a variety of ways. BookCAT lets you track both initial investment and the value of your collection. Use the backup function to make backup copies of your valuable data.

BookCAT uses popup menus for quick feature access and navigation. BookCAT comes with a sample database to get you started and a comprehensive context sensitive on-line help system.


Key features

BookCAT: Easy to use for the amateur - Sophisticated features for the professional!

•	Intuitive easy-to-use interface. Start cataloging your collection immediately.

•	Store information about an unlimited number of books.

•	You can have has many databases as you like.

•	You can change the name of all data fields.

•	Specify your own categories.

•	Register most information, like author and publisher, only once.

•	Add your own personal comments.

•	Keep track of books on loan.

•	Effectively search the database for any information that you require. You can save your most frequently used searches.

•	Search in all fields with any combination of fields and operators.

•	Search and replace function - search for a specific value and replace it with another value.

•	Sort data by any field with up to five sort levels.

•	Track both initial investment and the value of your collection.

•	Use the HTML Generator to quickly generate documents to be published on the World Wide Web.

•	Create your own reports with the report designer, or use one of the more than 80 pre-defined reports.

•	Have full control data fields, groups, sort order, columns, fonts, colors, paper size, margins and print orientation in reports.

•	Preview reports on screen before printing.

•	Export data to ASCII text files. This allows you to bring the information into other applications.

•	Transfer information between databases.

•	Popup menus for quick feature access and navigation.

•	Comprehensive on-line documentation available at the touch of a button.

•	Sample database to get you started.


What's new

•	Now a 32-bit application, finally!

•	BookCAT includes a complete report designer! You can use the pre-defined reports, modify them or design your own reports from scratch. You have full control of field position, header and footer, data groups, sort order, fonts, colors, graphics, page size, print orientation, margins and columns - everything! You can add the reports you use the most to the Report menu.

•	Many new data fields.

•	You can register the contents of a book (chapters, short stories, individual essays, etc., contained within the book). This information is displayed in the Contents window.

•	You can change the name of all data fields.

•	You can specify a default value for most fields. For example, if most of the books you want to register are purchased this year, you can specify 1999 as the default value for Date Acquired .

•	You can hide the fields you don't want to use. They will then disappear from all windows, menus, lists etc. You only use the fields you want.

•	If you wish, BookCAT will ask you to confirm all modifications before they are written to the database. This prevents unwanted modifications, for example if you press a key by mistake in the Title field.

•	BookCAT can auto-generate the Reference number (this field was called Catalog Number in the 16-bit version).

•	All text boxes where you specify dates now include a button that brings up a calendar.

•	BookCAT now supports, in addition to BMP, both GIF and JPG images. In addition to the cover, you can also store images of persons. You can also add comments about all images.

•	You can store up to three images with each book or person.

•	If you don’t want to store the image within the database, you can create a link to an external image file.

•	Loan Transactions dialog box where you can view, edit and delete entries in the Loan Transaction table.

•	The main menu in the main window is reorganized. Two new menus added: Contents and Tools.

•	The windows Active Record, Picture and Memo are merged into one window simply called Book. This window contains all the fields relevant to the book you have selected in the Browse window. The cover image is now shown as a thumbnail in the Book window. Double click to see the full size image. In addition, the Contents window lists the contents of the book (chapters, short stories, individual essays, etc., contained within the book).

•	All lookup lists now have a Sort by field. This is useful if you want to sort on a different value than the value shown in the drop-down list. See the Personal Rating lookup table for an example. By default, the various ratings are sorted with the best rating first.

•	You can define the layout in the Browse windows in detail. In addition to specifying the font, fields and field order, you can specify headings, text alignment, font style and colors. There is no limit to the number of browse layouts. You can have as many as you like.

•	New search and replace function.

•	You can now save a simple search. A simple search can now be based on two fields combined with AND/OR.

•	New HTML Generator to quickly generate documents to be published on the World Wide Web.

•	New Views module. This module is similar to the X-Ref module. For example, you can create a view of books grouped by author. The books are presented in a so-called tree view. Click on the plus-sign to the left of the author name, and you see a new branch with all books by this author. You can get more detailed information about the various items in the view by using the right mouse button.

•	BookCAT 98 includes a new statistics module. You can get statistical information about almost anything in your database - for example about authors, publishers, categories, etc. This information can be presented in a table, as a graph or printed.


Importing CATBook 3.x data
Importing CATBooks 3.x data

BookCAT 98 cannot open databases created with the old 16-bit version. You have to create a new empty database with BookCAT 98 and then import the data. This is a very straight forward process, but please read the following notes first:

1.	BookCAT 98 cannot import compressed images. You must decompress all images before you start the import process. By default, all images will be converted to the JPG format (has built-in compression). If you for some reason do not want this, BookCAT 98 can compress all BMP images after they have been imported.

2.	BookCAT 98 cannot restore backups of databases created with the 16-bit version. If you need to restore such a backup copy, you need to use the 16-bit version to restore it, and then import the database into BookCAT 98.

Importing data from a 16-bit database is a three step process:

A.	Decompress all images in the database you are importing from.

To decompress all images in a 16-bit database

B.	Create a new empty database in BookCAT 98.

To create a database

C.	Import the data.

To import CATBooks 3.x data

Notes

•	Do not delete your old 16-bit database(s) before you are 100% sure that the data is imported correctly.

•	Registered users: To unlock the shareware version, you need a new license file. Just mail us and request it. Please include your current serial number (you find this by choosing About from the Help menu in the 16-bit version)


Technical information

Development tool

BookCAT is developed with Borland Delphi.

To run BookCAT you need

•	486-based PC or better (Pentium 90 is recommended)

•	Microsoft Windows 95/98, or Windows NT 3.51 or later

•	16 MB memory (32 MB is recommended)

•	10 MB free hard disk space

BookCAT needs the following files to run

In the BookCAT 98 folder (usually C:\Program Files\BookCAT32):

•	BookCAT32.exe

•	BookCAT32.hlp

•	BookCAT32.cnt

In the Windows\System folder:

•	Msjint32.dll

•	Msjt3032.dll

•	Msjter32.dll

•	Msrd2x32.dll

•	Msvcrt20.dll

•	Vbajet32.dll

•	Vbar2232.dll

•	Ven2232.olb

In the Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DAO folder:

•	Dao3032.dll


Support

Technical support is available by e-mail or regular mail. Although we answer all questions, we give priority to registered users. Before you contact us, check out this help file first. Your question might well have been answered right here.

When reporting problems, the more information you can provide the better our response can be. If possible, include the following:

•	What version of BookCAT are you running? You can determine this by choosing About from the BookCAT Help menu. Include the entire "version line"; for example 4.00.02.

•	What version of Microsoft Windows are you running? For example, Windows 95, Windows 98 or Windows NT.

•	Is the problem reproducible? If so, how?

•	If you see a dialog box with an error message when the problem occurs, if possible include the full text of the dialog box, the text in the title bar and the error number.

Contact us at:

E-mail

support@fnprg.com

World Wide Web

http://www.fnprg.com

Postal address

FNProgramvare

Pb 721  Krapfoss

N-1509  Moss

Norway


Software License Agreement

Copyright

This software and the documentation that accompanies it are owned by FNProgramvare and protected by the Universal Copyright Convention and other international copyright treaties. All rights are reserved. You must treat this software like any other copyrighted material (for example a book or musical recording), except that you may copy it onto a computer to be used and you may make archive copies of the software for the sole purpose of backing up the software and protecting your investment from loss.

Limited warranty

FNProgramvare warrants the physical media and physical documentation provided by FNProgramvare to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days from the original date of purchase. If FNProgramvare receives notification within the warranty period of defects in materials or workmanship, and determines that such notification is correct, FNProgramvare will replace the defective media or documentation.

The entire and exclusive liability and remedy for breach of this limited warranty shall be limited to the replacement of defective media or documentation and does not include or extend to any claim for or right to recover any other damages, including but not limited to, loss of profit, data, or use of the software or special, incidental or consequential damages, or other similar claims, even if FNProgramvare has been specifically advised of the possibility of such damages. In no event will FNProgramvare's liability for any damages to you or any other person ever exceed the lower of the list price or the actual price paid for the package or the license to use the software, regardless of the form of the claim.

Restrictions on use

You may not

•	Distribute, hire out, license, lease, copy or in any other way make the registered version of this software available to others

•	Modify, translate, adapt or de-compile the software, or make derivations based on the software or documentation.

•	Use the software, or allow it to be used, on more than one computer or workstation simultaneously, unless you have a network license for the product.


Contacting FNProgramvare

All questions, bug reports and suggestions are welcome.

E-mail

General information: info@fnprg.com

Sales: sales@fnprg.com

Support: support@fnprg.com

Bug reports: bugs@fnprg.com

World Wide Web

http://www.fnprg.com

Postal address

FNProgramvare

Pb 721  Krapfoss

N-1509  Moss

Norway


The database navigator is used to move through the data in a table, and perform operations on the data, such as adding a new record or saving a record.


What is shareware?

BookCAT is distributed as shareware. Shareware is a simple try-before-you-buy concept, giving you the ultimate way of ensuring that the software you purchase meets your needs.

Many people incorrectly believe that a program released as shareware is some sort of “free” software, and that is definitely not the case. Shareware is a marketing method, not a type of software. The shareware marketing method lets you try a program before you buy it. A shareware program is just like a program you find in major stores, and other places where software is purchased; except you get to use it, on your own computer, before paying for it.

Use of this software beyond the 30-day trial period requires registration, that is, you need to buy a licensed version.

Registration of a shareware product such as BookCAT is a simple and painless exercise. You pay a fee to the product authors, and for that fee you receive the right to continue using the product without further time limits. For more information, see Benefits of Registering BookCAT and How to Order BookCAT.

The shareware version of BookCAT is fully functional, except that it is limited to 40 books per database.


Benefits of registering BookCAT

If you are using the Shareware version of BookCAT and want to continue using it for more than 30 days, you are required to register (that is, buy a licensed version). Registering BookCAT have the following benefits:

•	The nag screen informing you that you are using the shareware version will disappear.

•	The limit of 40 books per database is removed.

•	You will be entitled to quick support via e-mail (usually you get an answer within 24 hours). Although we answer all questions, we give priority to registered users.

•	Notification by e-mail of bug fixes and update releases when available.

•	Discounts on new versions. All minor updates (for example an update from version 4.0 to 4.1 or 4.1 to 4.5) are free as long as you download the update from the Internet.

•	All new versions released within 6 months of your registration are free as long as you download them from the Internet.

•	A good feeling that you are helping to support the shareware industry!

We hope you enjoy using BookCAT!


How to order BookCAT

The registration fee of BookCAT is $60 (including shipping and handling) if you want diskettes/CD-ROM by mail, or only $39 for electronic distribution, payable via one of the methods explained below. If you order the electronic version, you receive a license file by e-mail. This license file "unlocks" the shareware version and transforms it into a fully registered version without any registration reminders or other limitations.

If you choose electronic distribution, you do not receive diskettes by regular mail.

If you have registered the 16-bit version, contact us for information on how to upgrade. Please include your current serial number (you find this by choosing About from the Help menu in the 16-bit version).

Norwegian users - read this

Ved salg til Norge kommer 23% merverdiavgift i tillegg. Programmet kan derfor ikke bestilles via RegNet. Prisen i norske kroner inklusive merverdiagift er 350,-. Vennligst forskuddsbetal pr. giro til konto 0540 0652181.

Upgrade policy

Upgrades with the same major version number (for example from v4.0 to v4.1) are free. In addition, all new versions released within 6 months of your registration are free. Please note that we cannot actually send all upgrades directly to you, but you are welcome to download new versions from the Internet or get them from a disk vendor, CD-ROM, BBS, etc. As long as you install the new version in the same directory as the version you already have, BookCAT will continue to run as a registered version (make sure BookCAT32.lic is in the same folder as BookCAT32.exe). There will probably be an upgrade fee for a new version with a new major version number (for example an upgrade from v4.1 to v5.0).

Order via RegNet (payment by credit card or check)

We have made arrangements with RegNet (The Registration Network) to enable you to order using your Visa, MasterCard, AmericanExpress or Discover card. RegNet will also accept a check in US dollars drawn on a US bank.

Order directly from FNProgramvare (payment by check, international money order or cash)

If you live in Europe and don't have a credit card, you may find it more convenient to order BookCAT directly from FNProgramvare.


Order via RegNet

We have made arrangements with RegNet (The Registration Network) to enable you to order using your Visa, MasterCard, AmericanExpress or Discover card. RegNet will also accept a check in US dollars drawn on a US bank made payable to "RegNet".

RegNet will notify FNProgramvare (creators of BookCAT) the day of your order, and we will process the order within 48 hours.

Please note that RegNet is not connected with the product authors in any way, and will be unable to provide any service to you other than accepting sales orders. You cannot contact the authors via RegNet. Please do not contact RegNet for any other reason than to submit an order!

Contact RegNet for orders only via any of the following methods:

On-line registration (Internet)

http://www.reg.net/product.asp?ID=3632   (electronic - $39)

http://www.reg.net/product.asp?ID=3633   (diskettes - $60)

http://www.reg.net/product.asp?ID=4730   (CD-ROM - $60)

http://www.reg.net/product.asp?ID=3634   (upgrade from CATBooks 16-bit diskettes - $15)

CAT Bundle 3 - CATraxx 98 & BookCAT 98:

http://www.reg.net/product.asp?ID=3691   (electronic - $60)

CAT Bundle 4 - BookCAT 98 & CATVids 98:

http://www.reg.net/product.asp?ID=3692   (electronic - $60)

CAT Bundle 5 - BookCAT 98, CATraxx 98 & CATVids 98:

http://www.reg.net/product.asp?ID=4609   (electronic - $78)

Phone orders

1 800 999-2734 - Calls within U.S. only

+1 661 288-1827 - International calls

Faxed orders

(+1) 661 288-1867

E-mailed orders

orders@reg.net

Mailed orders

RegNet

24303 Walnut Street, Suite 200

Newhall, CA 91321-2900

USA

Click here to go to the order form.


RegNet order form
BookCAT 32-bit order form

Program:	BookCAT 32-bit___________________

Type	[  ] Electronic (#3632) - $39

[  ] Diskettes (#3633) - $60

[  ] CD-ROM (#4730) - $60

[  ] Upgrade from CATBooks 16-bit (diskettes) (#3634) - $15

[  ] CAT Bundle 3 - CATraxx 98 & BookCAT 98 (electronic)

     (#3691) - $60

[  ] CAT Bundle 4 - BookCAT 98 & CATVids 98 (electronic)

     (#3692) - $60

[  ] CAT Bundle 5 - BookCAT 98, CATraxx 98 & CATVids 98

     (electronic) (#4609) - $78

Name:	____________________________________

(Company):	____________________________________

Address:	____________________________________

____________________________________

City, State, Zip Code:____________________________________

Country:	____________________________________

E-mail:	____________________________________

Telephone:	____________________________________

Credit card number:	____________________________________

Expiration date:	____________________________________

Billing name on

the card (if different):	____________________________________

Billing address for

card (if different):	____________________________________

City, State, Zip Code

for card (if different):	____________________________________

Date of order:	____________________________________

Signature:	____________________________________

Payment type:

[   ]	MasterCard

[   ]	Visa

[   ]	American Express

[   ]	Discover Card (Novus)

[   ]	EuroCard

[   ]	Check


Order directly from FNProgramvare

If you live in Europe and don't have a credit card, you may find it more convenient to order BookCAT directly from FNProgramvare. Payment options are:

1.	International money order.

2.	Euro check in Norwegian kroner (NOK) or your local currency. Euro checks in US dollars are not accepted!

3.	Bank check drawn on a Norwegian or US bank.

4.	Bank transfer via SWIFT to bank account 0540 065 2181 - Postbanken, N-0021 Oslo, Norway (SWIFT address PGINNOKK).

5.	Cash - at your own risk! Fold paper around the notes. You may want to consider registered mail. Tape the envelope shut. In addition to US dollars and Norwegian kroner, we accept local currency from the following countries: Sweden, Denmark, Finland, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Switzerland, Netherlands, Belgium, Portugal, Spain, Italy and Greece.

When paying in other currencies than US dollars, use the current exchange rate to calculate the amount in your local currency.

Fill out the order form and send it to:

FNProgramvare

Pb 721  Krapfoss

N-1509  Moss

Norway

Click here to go to the order form.


FNP order form
BookCAT 32-bit order form

Program:	BookCAT 32-bit________________________

Type	[  ] Electronic (#3632) - $39

[  ] Diskettes (#3633) - $60

[  ] CD-ROM (#4730) - $60

[  ] Upgrade from CATBooks 16-bit (diskettes) (#3634) - $15

[  ] CAT Bundle 3 - CATraxx 98 & BookCAT 98 (electronic)

     (#3691) - $60

[  ] CAT Bundle 4 - BookCAT 98 & CATVids 98 (electronic)

     (#3692) - $60

[  ] CAT Bundle 5 - BookCAT 98, CATraxx 98 & CATVids 98

     (electronic) (#4609) - $78

Name:	____________________________________

(Company):	____________________________________

Address:	____________________________________

____________________________________

City, State, Zip Code:____________________________________

Country:	____________________________________

E-mail:	____________________________________

Date of order:	____________________________________

Signature:	____________________________________

Payment type:

[   ]	Check

[   ]	International money order

[   ]	Transferred to bank account 0540 0652181 (Postbanken, N-0021  Oslo, Norway)

[   ]	Cash (at your own risk!)


Converts all BMP images to the JPG format. This is recommended since JPG images have built-in compression and better image quality.


Compresses all BMP images.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to make the first character in each word upper case. This applies to all data fields, except the memo fields.


Adds leading zeros to the Reference number if the length is less than the value specified in the Number of digits text box.


Specifies the number of digits for the Reference field.

For example, if a reference number is 182 and you want to convert it to 000182, specify 6 in this text box.


Specify what field the user defined field is transferred to. Normally, you just want to transfer it to the corresponding user defined field in BookCAT 98. But since BookCAT 98 has lots of new fields, you may want to transfer the contents of the user defined field to one of the pre-defined fields.


Starts the import process.


Closes the dialog box.


To decompress all images in a 16-bit database

1.	Start CATBooks 16-bit.

2.	Open the appropriate database.

3.	Choose Preferences from the File menu.

You see the Preferences dialog box.

4.	Select the Misc tab.

5.	Click the Decomp. pictures button.

6.	When completed, you can close the dialog box and exit the application.


To import CATBooks 3.x data

1.	Choose Import / CATBooks 16-bit from the File menu.

You see the Specify Database to Import from dialog box.

2.	Specify the 16-bit database from which you want to import data. This database is most likely located in the CATBooks 16-bit folder, usually C:\CATBOOK.

3.	Choose Open or double-click the database name.

You see the Import from CATBooks 16-bit dialog box.

4.	If you want to convert BMP images to the JPG format, select Convert BMP to JPG. If you want to keep all images as BMP (we see no reason why you should want that), deselect this option.

5.	If you are keeping all images as BMP, select Compress BMP if you want to compress all images. There is no need to compress JPG images, as this format has built-in compression.

6.	If you want to make sure that all reference numbers (called Catalog Number in the 16-bit version) have the same length (required if you want to sort on this field), select Leading zeros and specify the number of digits in the Number of digits text box.

For example, if a reference number is 182 and you want to convert it to 000182, specify 6 in the Number of digits text box.

7.	On the Custom fields tab you can specify to which fields the custom (that is, user-defined) fields are transferred. Normally, you just want to transfer them to the corresponding fields in BookCAT 98. But since BookCAT 98 has lots of new fields, you may want to transfer the contents of one of the custom fields to one of the pre-defined fields.

8.	When you are ready, choose Start to start the import process.


About databases

All information in BookCAT is stored in a database. A database is simply a file on your hard disk, with the extension .MDB, that contains all the information you have entered into the database.

An overview of the BookCAT database.


To create a database

1.	Choose New Database from the File menu.

You see the Create New Database – Specify File Name dialog box.

2.	Select the drive and directory where you want to create the database. In general, we recommend that you create the database in the BookCAT32\Data folder. This folder is selected by default, unless the open database is located in another folder.

3.	In the File name text box, type the name of the database. The name should be one that easily reminds you of the information in the database, for example My Book Collection or Book Library. The file extension identifying the database, .MDB, is added automatically.

4.	Choose Save.

You see the Create New Database dialog box.

5.	Choose "field level", that tells BookCAT what data fields to make available for you.

Click the Wizard button to bring up the Field Wizard that helps you choose the fields you want to use.

Click the Copy from button to use field definitions from another database.

Note! You can later change the fields you want to use by choosing Field Definitions from the Tools menu.

6.	Choose OK.

BookCAT creates the database and opens it. The file name of the database, including drive and folder, is displayed on the title bar of the main BookCAT window. You can now begin adding information.

Notes

•	If you want to organize your collection using only one database, then you do not have to think about databases again. BookCAT will always open this database when you start the application. If, however, you choose to organize your collection in a way that requires several databases, follow the steps above to create as many as you need. To switch from one database to another, see To open a database.


To open a database

1.	From the File menu, choose Open Database.

You see the Open Database dialog box.

2.	Select the drive and folder where the database is located.

3.	From the list, select the database you want to open.

4.	Press the Open button or double click on the database name.

Notes

•	If you do not exit the program by choosing Exit from the File menu, for example if a system error occurs or there is a power-failure, you may get an error message the next time you try to open the database. If this happens, choose Repair Database from the Tools menu to repair the database.


To rename a database

BookCAT has no command to rename a database, but you can achieve it by following the procedure below.

1.	From the File menu, choose Save Database As.

You see the Save Database As dialog box.

2.	In the File name text box, type the new name you want to give the database. The file extension identifying the database, .MDB, is added automatically.

3.	Click the Save button.

BookCAT closes the open database, creates a copy of it with the file name you just specified, and then opens the new database.

You now have to delete to "old" database.

4.	From the File menu, choose Open.

You see the Open Database dialog box.

5.	In the file list, click with the right mouse button on the "old" database and choose Delete from the popup menu.

Confirm that you want to delete the database by clicking Yes when you see the Confirm File Delete dialog box.

6.	Click the Cancel button to close the Open Database dialog box.

Notes

•	You can also rename the database by using Windows Explorer.


To close a database

1.	From the File menu, choose Close Database.

BookCAT closes the open database.

Notes

•	Normally, there is no need for you to close a database manually. When you exit the application, BookCAT automatically closes the open database.


To delete a database

1.	If the database you want to delete is open, close it by choosing Close Database from the File menu.

2.	From the File menu, choose Open Database.

You see the Open Database dialog box.

3.	Select the drive and folder where the database is located.

4.	In the file list, click with the right mouse button on the database you want to delete and choose Delete from the popup menu.

Confirm that you want to delete the database by clicking Yes when you see the Confirm File Delete dialog box.

5.	Click the Cancel button to close the Open Database dialog box.

Notes

•	You can also delete a database by using Windows Explorer.


To compact a database

As you change data in a database, the database file can become fragmented and use more disk space than necessary. Periodically, you can compact your database to defragment the database file. The compacted database is usually smaller.

1.	Choose Compact Database from the File menu.

You see the Compact Database dialog box.

2.	Choose OK.

Notes

•	Because BookCAT creates a temporary copy of the database during the compact process, you must have enough disk space for both the original and the duplicate database. The compact operation fails if there isn't enough disk space available.


To change the locale setting

If information in your database is not sorted correctly, try to change the locale setting. The default locale setting is General.

Alternative options are Arabic, Czech, Dutch, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Icelandic, Norwegian and Danish, Polish, Russian, Swedish and Finnish, Traditional Spanish and Turkish.

1.	Choose Compact Database from the File menu.

You see the Compact Database dialog box.

2.	Click the Change button in the Locale box.

You see the Locale dialog box.

3.	Select the desired locale setting from the list.

4.	Click the OK button.

You are returned the Compact Database dialog box.

5.	Click the OK button to change the locale setting and compact the database.


To repair a corrupted database

If you get an error message when you try to open a database, try to use the Repair command to repair the database. The BookCAT database can become corrupted if the program is terminated while it is attempting to write to the database. This can happen when there is a power-failure or a computer hardware problem.

1.	Choose Repair Database from the Tools menu.

You see the Repair Database dialog box.

2.	Select the drive and folder where the database is located.

3.	From the list, select the database you want to repair.

4.	Press the Open button or double click on the database name to repair the database.

Notes

•	Because BookCAT creates a temporary copy of the database during the repair process, you must have enough disk space for both the original and the duplicate database. The repair operation fails if there isn't enough disk space available.


About field definitions

BookCAT allows you to change the name of all data fields. You can hide the fields you don’t want to use. These fields will disappear from all windows, menus, lists etc. You only use the fields you want. You can also rename the name of all tables in the database. You can also hide the tables you don't want to use.


To modify a table definition

1.	Choose Field Definitions from the Tools menu.

You see the Field Definitions dialog box.

2.	Select the table you want to modify from the list on the Tables tab.

When you select a new table, notice how the window title is updated to reflect this.

3.	If you want to activate (that is, use) or deactivate (that is, do not use) the table, select Yes or No from the drop-down list in the Use column.

Note! This option is not available for the Book, Contents, and Person tables.

4.	If you want to rename the table, type the new name in the Name column.

5.	If you are modifying a lookup table definition, specify whether you want to show the Sort by field in lists linked to the table (this is most useful for Person and Borrower since these tables contain names). You specify this by selecting Yes or No from the drop-down list in the Show Sort by column.

6.	Repeat steps 2 - 5 if you want to modify another table definition.

7.	Click the OK button to save the changes and close the dialog box.


To modify a field definition

1.	Choose Field Definitions from the Tools menu.

You see the Field Definitions dialog box.

2.	Select the table that contains the field you want to rename from the list on the Tables tab. This is normally either the Book or Contents table.

When you select a new table, notice how the window title is updated to reflect this.

3.	Click on the Fields tab.

You see a list of all fields in the selected table.

4.	Select the desired field from the list of available fields.

5.	If you want to activate (that is, use) or deactivate (that is, do not use) the field, select Yes or No from the drop-down list in the Use column.

Note! This option is not available for all fields, for example Title and Author in the Book table.

6.	If you want to rename the field, type the new name in the Name column.

7.	If you want to change the field group, type the new group name or select it from the drop-down list in the Group column.

The group is used in lists where you choose a field, for example when defining a browse layout, a sort order or when searching. By default, the group corresponds to the title of the tab the field is located on in the data entry window/dialog box.

8.	If you want to specify a default value, type it in the Default Value column. The default value is automatically used when you add a new book or section to the database.

9.	If you do not want to specify month and day for a date field, select No from the drop-down list in the Year Only column.

10.	Repeat steps 2 - 9 if you want to modify another field definition.

11.	Click the OK button to save the changes and close the dialog box.

Notes

•	Remember to activate the appropriate table from the list of tables before you click the Fields tab.


Overview of the Transfer command

BookCAT lets you work with an unlimited number of databases. This means that you can split your collection into different databases and organize them to meet your needs. You can later merge existing databases.

You use the Transfer command to transfer information between databases. In addition to books (including all sections in these books), you can transfer lookup tables, field definitions, browse layouts and sort orders between databases.


To transfer books

1.	Choose Transfer from the File menu.

You see the Transfer dialog box.

2.	Specify the database you want to transfer information from in the From text box.

This database is called the source database.

Note! By default, BookCAT fills in the name of the open database in this field.

3.	Specify the database you want to transfer information to in the To text box.

This database is called the target database.

4.	Select the Books check box.

5.	If you want to transfer all books, select All.

If you want to transfer only the subset (that is, marked books only), select Subset.

6.	Click the Start button to start the transfer process.


To transfer lookup tables

1.	Choose Transfer from the File menu.

You see the Transfer dialog box.

2.	Specify the database you want to transfer information from in the From text box.

This database is called the source database.

Note! By default, BookCAT fills in the name of the open database in this field.

3.	Specify the database you want to transfer information to in the To text box.

This database is called the target database.

4.	Select the lookup tables you want to transfer in the Lookup tables list box.

To select or deselect a table, simply click on it.

To select or deselect more than one table, hold down Ctrl while you click.

To select all tables, click with the right mouse button and choose Select All from the popup menu.

To deselect all tables, click with the right mouse button and choose Deselect All from the popup menu.

5.	Select the Lookup tables check box.

6.	Click the Start button to start the transfer process.


To transfer field definitions

1.	Choose Transfer from the File menu.

You see the Transfer dialog box.

2.	Specify the database you want to transfer information from in the From text box.

This database is called the source database.

Note! By default, BookCAT fills in the name of the open database in this field.

3.	Specify the database you want to transfer information to in the To text box.

This database is called the target database.

4.	Select the Field definitions check box.

5.	Click the Start button to start the transfer process.


To transfer browse layouts

1.	Choose Transfer from the File menu.

You see the Transfer dialog box.

2.	Specify the database you want to transfer information from in the From text box.

This database is called the source database.

Note! By default, BookCAT fills in the name of the open database in this field.

3.	Specify the database you want to transfer information to in the To text box.

This database is called the target database.

4.	Select the Browse layouts check box.

5.	Click the Start button to start the transfer process.

Notes

•	If a browse layout with the same name already exists in the target database, the layout is not transferred.


To transfer sort orders

1.	Choose Transfer from the File menu.

You see the Transfer dialog box.

2.	Specify the database you want to transfer information from in the From text box.

This database is called the source database.

Note! By default, BookCAT fills in the name of the open database in this field.

3.	Specify the database you want to transfer information to in the To text box.

This database is called the target database.

4.	Select the Sort orders check box.

5.	Click the Start button to start the transfer process.

Notes

•	If a sort order with the same name already exists in the target database, the sort order is not transferred.


Importing and exporting data

BookCAT lets you export data to Ascii files (that is, plain text files). This allows you to bring the information into other applications.

By using the import function, you can import data from other applications. Currently, BookCAT only supports import from Ascii files.


To export to Ascii file

1.	Choose Export / Text File (Ascii) from the File menu.

You see the Export to Ascii dialog box.

2.	Make your choices on the General tab.

Note! Context-sensitive help is available if you click on the ? button at the top of the window, and then click the item you want information about.

3.	Click on the Book tab.

4.	In the File name text box, specify the file to which you want to export data from the Book table.

5.	From the list on the left, choose the fields you want to export.

If you do not want to export contents information, jump to step 9.

6.	Click the Contents tab.

7.	In the File name text box, specify the file to which you want to export data from the Contents table.

8.	From the list on the left, choose the fields you want to export.

9.	If you want to save the export definition for later use, click the Save button.

10.	Click the Start button to start the export process.


To import from Ascii file

1.	Choose Import / Text File (Ascii) from the File menu.

You see the Import from Ascii dialog box.

2.	Click the Book tab.

3.	In the File name text box, specify the file from which you want to import book data.

4.	From the list on the left, choose the fields you want to import book data to.

The chosen fields are displayed in the list box on the right. These fields correspond to the physical order of the data fields in the Ascii-file. Use the item called <dummy> to specify that a field from the ASCII-file should not be imported.

5.	Click the Contents tab.

6.	In the File name text box, specify the file from which you want to import contents data (sections) from.

7.	From the list on the left, choose the fields you want to import contents data to.

The chosen fields are displayed in the list box on the right. These fields correspond to the physical order of the data fields in the Ascii-file. Use the item called <dummy> to specify that a field from the ASCII-file should not be imported.

8.	Click the General tab.

9.	In the Link books and contents on box, specify the fields that are used to link book and contents data. This is usually a reference/library number or the book record number.

Note! Context-sensitive help is available if you click on the ? button at the top of the active window, and then click the item you want information about.

10.	If you want to save the import definition for later use, click the Save button.

11.	Click the Start button to start the import process.


Overview of the backup process

We recommended that you back up your database(s) on a regular basis, for example once a week. You should especially do a backup after adding many new books. The backup can be used if some unusual event occurs which causes your database to become corrupt and non-recoverable.

Notes

•	You should routinely backup your valuable database(s). FNProgramvare has no responsibility for any loss of data.


To backup a database

1.	Choose Backup Database from the File menu.

You see the Backup Database dialog box.

2.	Specify the drive and folder you want to backup the database to. This is usually drive A.

3.	If you want to compress the backup, select the Compress check box. If you use compression, the backup may occupy as little as ¼ of the original database size.

4.	If you want BookCAT to verify that the backup is OK after the backup is completed, select the Verify check box.

Note! We recommend that you always select this option.

5.	Click the OK button to begin the backup process.

Follow the instructions BookCAT gives you.

Notes

•	If a database does not fit onto one diskette, it is automatically split in two or more parts.

•	You can only have one database backup per folder.


To restore a backup

1.	Choose Restore Backup from the File menu.

You see the Restore Backup dialog box.

2.	Specify the drive and folder to restore the backup from.

3.	Specify the drive and folder to restore the backup to.

4.	Click the OK button.

BookCAT restores the backup and opens the database.

Notes

•	You can only have one database backup per folder.


BookCAT 98 (32-bit)

BookCAT is a powerful 32-bit Windows application designed to catalog and manage a personal, club, school, church, or business library. BookCAT will help you know what you have, where it is (including books lent out) and the total value of your collection.

BookCAT has a comprehensive set of fields, enabling you to catalog information like author, title, publisher, ISBN number, publish date, number of pages, editor, original title, translator, binding, edition, type of book (Fiction, Non-fiction, etc.), category and sub-category (Drama, Science Fiction, Thriller, etc.), purchase date, price, current value, condition, status (Own, Want, For sale, etc.), personal rating, owner, location, keywords, awards and nominations, comments, synopsis, reviews, and more.

BookCAT 98 includes a loan module that lets you keep track of books on loan, who has borrowed, when they were borrowed, when they are due back and how many times they have been borrowed.

BookCAT is easy-to-use for the amateur, with sophisticated features for the professional.

You find more info at http://www.fnprg.com/bookcat32/bookcat32.html


CATraxx 98 (32-bit)

CATraxx 98 is a powerful 32-bit Windows application designed to help you catalog and manage your music collection.

Using CATraxx 98 you can quickly catalog CDs by downloading disc data from the Internet CDDB database.

CATraxx 98 has a comprehensive set of fields for both albums and tracks, enabling you to catalog information like artist, album title, format (CDs, vinyl records, cassettes, videos etc.), release year, label, catalog number, purchase price, current value, music category, status (own, want, for sale etc.), condition, playing time, song titles, songwriters, producers, recording studios, musicians and instruments.

CATraxx 98 includes a loan module that lets you keep track of albums on loan, who has borrowed, when they were borrowed, when they are due back and how many times they have been borrowed.

CATraxx 98 is easy-to-use for the amateur, with sophisticated features for the professional.

You find more info at http://www.fnprg.com/catraxx32/catraxx32.html


CATVids 98 (32-bit)

CATVids is a powerful 32-bit Windows application designed to help you catalog and manage your video collection. CATVids works perfectly with all types of media, including VHS tapes, DVD and Laserdiscs. It will keep track of not only your pre-recorded media, but also movies, television programs and home videos which you record.

CATVids has a comprehensive set of fields, enabling you to catalog information like title, format (DVD, Laserdisc, VHS etc.), type of content (Movie, Television, Home Video etc.), length, release year, publisher and label, purchase date, price, current value, status (Own, Want, For sale etc.), production year, studio, rating, director, writer, cast and characters, synopsis, awards and nominations, tape counter, recording speed, date recorded, personal rating, keywords, and more.

CATVids 98 includes a loan module that lets you keep track of videos on loan, who has borrowed, when they were borrowed, when they are due back and how many times they have been borrowed.

CATVids is easy-to-use for the amateur, with sophisticated features for the professional.

You find more info at http://www.fnprg.com/catvids32/catvids32.html


StampCAT 98 (32-bit)

StampCAT is a powerful 32-bit Windows application designed to help you catalog and manage your stamp collection. StampCAT lets you track both initial investment and the value of your collection. StampCAT is easy-to-use for the amateur, with sophisticated features for the professional.

StampCAT has a comprehensive set of fields, enabling you to register information like country, catalog number, face value, date of issue, design, topic, color, perforation, condition, watermark, postmark (type, city and date), purchase date, location, price, market value, quantity, comments, and more.

You find more info at http://www.fnprg.com/stampcat32/stampcat32.html


CATraxx (16-bit)

CATraxx is a powerful 16-bit Windows application designed to help you catalog and manage your music collection.

Using CATraxx you can quickly catalog CDs by downloading disc data from the Internet CDDB database.

CATraxx has a comprehensive set of fields for both albums and tracks, enabling you to catalog information like artist, album title, format (CDs, vinyl records, cassettes, videos etc.), release year, label, catalog number, purchase price, current value, music category, condition, playing time, song titles, songwriters, producers, recording studios, musicians and instruments.

CATraxx includes a loan module that lets you keep track of albums on loan, who has borrowed, when they were borrowed, when they are due back and how many times they have been borrowed.

CATraxx is easy-to-use for the amateur, with sophisticated features for the professional!

You find more info at http://www.fnprg.com/catraxx/catraxx.html


CATBooks (16-bit)

CATBooks is a quick, efficient, easy-to-use program for organizing your book collection.

With CATBooks you can register and look up information about author, title, publisher, release year, country of origin, edition, printing, pages, ISBN, category, type of book, condition, location, price and current value.

You can add personal comments for every item. Thirteen special fields enable you to customize your catalog. You can even store a bitmap picture of the book cover.

CATBooks includes a loan module that lets you keep track of books on loan, who has borrowed, when they were borrowed, when they are due back and how many times they have been borrowed.

You find more info at http://www.fnprg.com/catbooks/catbooks.html


CATVids (16-bit)

CATVids is a quick, efficient, easy-to-use program for organizing your video collection.

With CATVids you can register and look up information about title, format, type of content, category, length, production year, release year, studio, country of origin, distributor, writer, producer, director, actors, rating, tape counter, recording speed, laserdisc information, location, purchase date, price and current value.

You can add personal comments for every item. 18 special fields enable you to customize your catalog. You can even store a bitmap picture (for example of the cover).

CATVids includes a loan module that lets you keep track of videos on loan, who has borrowed, when they were borrowed, when they are due back and how many times they have been borrowed.

You find more info at http://www.fnprg.com/catvids/catvids.html


StampCAT (16-bit)

StampCAT is a quick, efficient, easy-to-use program for organizing your stamp collection.

With StampCAT you can register and look up information about country, catalog number, face value, issue date, design, topic, color, perforation, condition, watermark, date acquired, postmark (type, city and date), location, price, market value and quantity.

You can add personal comments for every item. Eleven special fields enable you to customize your catalog. You can even store a scanned picture of the stamp.

You find more info at http://www.fnprg.com/stampcat/stampcat.html


Pre-defined Book reports

A book report prints information from the Book table. If you want, you can also include all sections in the book in the order they appear in the book. You find the pre-defined book reports in the BookCAT32\Reports\Book folder.

Title	:	Full Report

File name	:	Full1.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Publish Date, Book.Title, Book.Publisher, Book.ISBN, Book.Type, Book.Category, Book.Sub-Category, Book.Pages, Book.Condition, Book.Location, Book.Personal Rating, Book.Comments

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Detailed book report.

Title	:	Full Report + Contents

File name	:	Full2.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Publish Date, Book.Title, Book.Publisher, Book.ISBN, Book.Type, Book.Category, Book.Sub-Category, Book.Pages, Book.Condition, Book.Location, Book.Personal Rating, Book.Comments, Contents.Title, Contents.Page From-To

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Detailed book report including the contents of the book.

Title	:	Grouped by Author

File name	:	GrpByAuthor.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Author

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Author. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Acquired From

File name	:	GrpByAcquiredFrom.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Acquired From, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Acquired From

Sort order	:	Book.Acquired From, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Acquired From. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Binding

File name	:	GrpByBinding.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Binding, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Binding

Sort order	:	Book.Binding, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Binding. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Category

File name	:	GrpByCategory.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Category, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Category

Sort order	:	Book.Category, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Category. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Condition

File name	:	GrpByCondition.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Condition, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Condition

Sort order	:	Book.Condition, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Condition. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Country

File name	:	GrpByCountry.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Country, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Country

Sort order	:	Book.Country, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Country. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Edition

File name	:	GrpByEdition.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Edition, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Edition

Sort order	:	Book.Edition, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Edition. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Editor

File name	:	GrpByEditor.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Editor, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Editor

Sort order	:	Book.Editor, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Book.Editor  Is not equal to  ""

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Editor. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Keyword

File name	:	GrpByKeyword.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Keyword, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Keyword

Sort order	:	Book.Keyword, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Book.Keyword  Is not equlal to  ""

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Keyword. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Language

File name	:	GrpByLanguage.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Language, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Language

Sort order	:	Book.Language, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Language. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Location

File name	:	GrpByLocation.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Location, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Location

Sort order	:	Book.Location, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Location. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Owner

File name	:	GrpByOwner.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Owner, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Owner

Sort order	:	Book.Owner, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Owner. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Personal Rating

File name	:	GrpByPersonalRating.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Personal Rating, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Personal Rating

Sort order	:	Book.Personal Rating, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Personal Rating. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Printed by

File name	:	GrpByPrintedBy.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Printed by, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Printed by

Sort order	:	Book.Printed by, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Printed by. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Printing

File name	:	GrpByPrinting.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Printing, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Printing

Sort order	:	Book.Printing, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Printing. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Publish Year

File name	:	GrpByPublishYear.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Publish Date (year only), Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Publish Date (year only)

Sort order	:	Book.Publish Date, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Publish Date (year only). You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Publisher

File name	:	GrpByPublisher.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Publisher, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Publisher

Sort order	:	Book.Publisher, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Publisher. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Series

File name	:	GrpBySeries.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Series, Book.Author, Book.Full Title 1, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Series

Sort order	:	Book.Series, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Book.Series  Is not equal to  ""

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Series. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Status

File name	:	GrpByStatus.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Status, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Status

Sort order	:	Book.Status, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Status. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Sub-Category

File name	:	GrpBySubCategory.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Category, Book.Sub-Category, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Category, Book.Sub-Category

Sort order	:	Book.Category, Book.Sub-Category, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Category and Sub-Category. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Translator

File name	:	GrpByTranslator.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Translator, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Original Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Translator

Sort order	:	Book.Translator, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Book.Translator  Is not equal to  ""

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Translator. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Type

File name	:	GrpByType.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Type, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	Book.Type

Sort order	:	Book.Type, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Type. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Image

File name	:	Image.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Image 1 - Thumbnail, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publish Date, Book.Publisher, Book.ISBN

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Book.Image 1 - Thumbnail = Yes

Comments	:	2 columns.

Title	:	Insurance

File name	:	Insurance.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Release Year, Book.Current Value

Groups	:	Book.Insurance

Sort order	:	Book.Insurance, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Book.Insurance  Is not equal to  “”

Comments	:	Insurance report - customize to suit your needs.

Title	:	List - Default

File name	:	ListDefault.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Published

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Layout like the default browse layout.

Title	:	List - For Sale

File name	:	ListForSale.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Published, Book.Selling Price

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Book.Status  Is equal to  "For sale"

Comments	:	Prints a simple sales list.

Title	:	List - Want

File name	:	ListWant.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Published, Book.ISBN

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Book.Status  Is equal to  "Want"

Comments	:	Prints a simple want list.

Title	:	List - Wide

File name	:	ListWide.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Published, Book.ISBN, Book.Publisher, Book.Status

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	List report - landscape.

Title	:	Overview

File name	:	Overview.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Publisher, Book.ISBN, Book.Publish Date

Groups	:	Book.Author (only first character)

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report that gives you an overview of your collection. Grouped by first character of the author name.

Title	:	Statistics - Author

File name	:	StatAuthor.rpt

Data fields	:	CNT(Book.Title)

Groups	:	Book.Author

Sort order	:	-

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Counts number of books grouped by Author + total number of books. 2 columns.

Title	:	Statistics - Publish Year

File name	:	StatPublishYear.rpt

Data fields	:	CNT(Book.Title)

Groups	:	Book.Publish Date (year)

Sort order	:	-

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Counts number of books grouped by Publish Date (year) + total number of books. 2 columns.

Title	:	Statistics - Publisher

File name	:	StatPublisher.rpt

Data fields	:	CNT(Book.Title)

Groups	:	Book.Publisher

Sort order	:	-

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Counts number of books grouped by Publisher + total number of books. 2 columns.

Title	:	Statistics - Type

File name	:	StatType.rpt

Data fields	:	CNT(Book.Title)

Groups	:	Book.Type

Sort order	:	-

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Counts number of books grouped by Type + total number of books. 2 columns.

Title	:	Total Value

File name	:	TotalValue.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Price, Book.Current Value

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Calclulates the total value of your collection.


Pre-defined Contents reports

A contents report prints information from the Contents table (a book can contain multiple sections; for example chapters, short stories, individual essays, etc.). The sections are printed without regard to the book in which they are located. If you want, you can also include information about the book (for example Reference No or Location). You find the pre-defined contents reports in the BookCAT32\Reports\Contents folder.

Title	:	Full Report

File name	:	Full.rpt

Data fields	:	Contents.Author, Contents.Title, Contents.Type, Contents.Page From-To, Book.Full Title 1, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Contents.Author, Contents.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Detailed contents report.

Title	:	Grouped by Author

File name	:	GrpByAuthor.rpt

Data fields	:	Contents.Author, Contents.Title, Book.Title, Book.Referece No

Groups	:	Contents.Author

Sort order	:	Contents.Author, Contents.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Author. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Keyword

File name	:	GrpByKeyword.rpt

Data fields	:	Contents.Keywords, Contents.Author, Contents.Title, Book.Title, Book.Referece No

Groups	:	Contents.Keywords, Contents.Author

Sort order	:	Contents.Keywords, Contents.Author, Contents.Title

Filter	:	Contents.Keywords  Is not equlal to  ""

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Keyword. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	Grouped by Type

File name	:	GrpByType.rpt

Data fields	:	Contents.Type, Contents.Author, Contents.Title, Book.Title, Book.Referece No

Groups	:	Contents.Type, Contents.Author

Sort order	:	Contents.Type, Contents.Author, Contents.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Simple report grouped by Type. You may want to add more fields to the Detail band.

Title	:	List - Default

File name	:	List.rpt

Data fields	:	Contents.Author, Contents.Title, Contents.Type, Book.Reference No

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Contens.Author, Contents.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Layout like the default browse layout.


Pre-defined Loan Transaction reports

A loan transaction report prints information based on the Loan Transaction table, that is, books that are or have been “on loan”. You can include information from the Book table (Title, Author, ISBN, etc.), the Loan Transaction table (Date Borrowed, Date Due, Date Returned, etc.) and the Borrower table (Name, Address, Phone, Fax, etc.). You find the pre-defined loan transaction reports in the BookCAT32\Reports\LoanTrans folder.

Title	:	Loan Per Book

File name	:	LoanPerBook.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Reference No, Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed, Borrower.Name

Groups	:	Book.Book ID

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Creates a list of books in the Loan Transaction table grouped by book.

Title	:	Loan Per Book - Summary

File name	:	LoanPerBook_Summary.rpt

Data fields	:	CNT(Book.Title)

Groups	:	Book.Book ID

Sort order	:	-

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	This report has no detail band and calculates total number of times each book has been borrowed.

Title	:	Loan Per Borrower

File name	:	LoanPerBorrower.rpt

Data fields	:	Borrower.Sort by, Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Reference No, Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed

Groups	:	Borrower.Sort by

Sort order	:	Borrower.Sort by, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Creates a list of books in the Loan Transaction table grouped by borrower.

Title	:	Loan Per Borrower - Summary

File name	:	LoanPerBorrower_Summary.rpt

Data fields	:	CNT(Book.Title)

Groups	:	Borrower.Sort by

Sort order	:	Borrower.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	This report has no detail band and calculates the total number of books borrowed per borrower.

Title	:	Loan Per Year

File name	:	LoanPerYear.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Reference No, Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed, Borrower.Name

Groups	:	Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed (year only)

Sort order	:	Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed, Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	Creates a list of books in the Loan Transaction table grouped by year borrowed.

Title	:	Loan Per Year - Summary

File name	:	LoanPerYear_Summary.rpt

Data fields	:	CNT(Book.Title)

Groups	:	Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed (year only)

Sort order	:	Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	This report has no detail band and calculates the total number of books borrowed per year.

Title	:	OnLoan

File name	:	OnLoan.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Reference No, Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed, Loan Transaction.Date Due, Borrower.Name

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Loan Transaction.Returned = No

Comments	:	Creates a list of all books currently “on loan”.

Title	:	OnLoan - Overdue

File name	:	OnLoan_Overdue.rpt

Data fields	:	Book.Author, Book.Title, Book.Reference No, Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed, Loan Transaction.Date Due, Borrower.Name

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book.Author, Book.Title

Filter	:	Loan Transaction.Returned = Yes

Comments	:	Creates a list of all books “on loan” that are overdue.

Title	:	Reminder

File name	:	Reminder.rtp

Data fields	:	Borrower.Name, Borrower.Address, Book.Title, Book.Author, Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed

Groups	:	Borrower.Borrower ID

Sort order	:	Borrower.Sort by

Filter	:	Loan Transaction.Overdue = Yes

Comments	:	This report is a sample of reminder letter you can send to people who have not returned books they have borrowed.


Pre-defined Lookup reports

A lookup reports prints information from the chosen lookup table. This type of report is very useful when you want an overview of the contents of a lookup table. You find the pre-defined lookup reports in the BookCAT32\Reports\Lookup folder.

Title	:	Aquired From

File name	:	LupAquiredFrom.rtf

Data fields	:	AquiredFrom.AquiredFrom

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	AquiredFrom.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Appraiser

File name	:	LupAppraiser.rtf

Data fields	:	Appraiser.Appraiser

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Appraiser.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Award

File name	:	LupAward.rtf

Data fields	:	Award.Award

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Award.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Binding

File name	:	LupBinding.rtf

Data fields	:	Binding.Binding

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Binding.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Book Custom 05

File name	:	LupBookCustom05.rtf

Data fields	:	Book Custom 05.Book Custom 05

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book Custom 05.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Book Custom 06

File name	:	LupBookCustom06.rtf

Data fields	:	Book Custom 06.Book Custom 06

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book Custom 06.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Book Custom 07

File name	:	LupBookCustom07.rtf

Data fields	:	Book Custom 07.Book Custom 07

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book Custom 07.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Book Custom 08

File name	:	LupBookCustom08.rtf

Data fields	:	Book Custom 08.Book Custom 08

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book Custom 08.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Book Type

File name	:	LupBookType.rtf

Data fields	:	Book Type.Book Type

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Book Type.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Borrower

File name	:	LupBorrower.rtf

Data fields	:	Borrower.Sort by

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Borrower.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Borrower Category

File name	:	LupBorrowerCategory.rtf

Data fields	:	Borrower Category.Borrower Category

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Borrower Category.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Category

File name	:	LupCategory.rtf

Data fields	:	Category.Category

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Category.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Condition

File name	:	LupCondition.rtf

Data fields	:	Condition.Condition

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Condition.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Contents Custom 04

File name	:	LupContentsCustom04.rtf

Data fields	:	Contents Custom 04.Contents Custom 04

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Contents Custom 04.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Contents Custom 05

File name	:	LupContentsCustom05.rtf

Data fields	:	Contents Custom 05.Contents Custom 05

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Contents Custom 05.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Contents Custom 06

File name	:	LupContentsCustom06.rtf

Data fields	:	Contents Custom 06.Contents Custom 06

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Contents Custom 06.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Contents Type

File name	:	LupContentsType.rtf

Data fields	:	Contents Type.Contents Type

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Contents Type.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Country

File name	:	LupCountry.rtf

Data fields	:	Country.Country

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Country.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Edition

File name	:	LupEdition.rtf

Data fields	:	Edition.Edition

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Edition.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Insurance

File name	:	LupInsurance.rtf

Data fields	:	Insurance.Policy, Insurance.Coverage, Insurance.Policy Number

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Insurance.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Keyword

File name	:	LupKeyword.rtf

Data fields	:	Keyword.Keyword

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Keyword.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Language

File name	:	LupLanguage.rtf

Data fields	:	Language.Language

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Language.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Location

File name	:	LupLocation.rtf

Data fields	:	Location.Location

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Location.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Owner

File name	:	LupOwner.rtf

Data fields	:	Owner.Sort by

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Owner.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Person

File name	:	LupPerson.rtf

Data fields	:	Person.Sort by

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Person.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Personal Rating

File name	:	LupPersonalRating.rtf

Data fields	:	Personal Rating.Personal Rating

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Personal Rating.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Printed by

File name	:	LupPrintedBy.rtf

Data fields	:	Printed by.Printed by

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Printed by.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Printing

File name	:	LupPrinting.rtf

Data fields	:	Printing.Printing

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Printing.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Publisher

File name	:	LupPublisher.rtf

Data fields	:	Publisher.Publisher

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Publisher.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Series

File name	:	LupSeries.rtf

Data fields	:	Series.Series

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Status.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Status

File name	:	LupStatus.rtf

Data fields	:	Status.Status

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Status.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns

Title	:	Sub-Category

File name	:	LupSubCategory.rtf

Data fields	:	Sub-Category.Sub-Category

Groups	:	-

Sort order	:	Sub-Category.Sort by

Filter	:	-

Comments	:	2 columns


Overview of the BookCAT database

All information in BookCAT is stored in a database. A database is simply a file on your hard disk, with the extension .MDB, that contains all the information you have entered into the database.

A database consists of several tables. Each table contains related information. For example, there is one table with information about each book, one with information about each person, one with information about each publisher and so on. Each table contains a various number of fields. For example, the Person table has a field for the name of the person, one field for the date of birth, one field for comments and so on.

BookCAT lets you change the name of all tables and all fields. You can specify a default value for most fields. For example, if most of the books you want to register are purchased this year, you can specify 1999 as the default value for Date Acquired. You can hide the fields you don't want to use. They will then disappear from all windows, menus, lists etc. You only use the fields you want.

BookCAT lets you work with an unlimited number of databases. This means that you can split your collection into different catalogs and organize it to meet your needs. You can later merge existing databases.

BookCAT uses a relational database model. This means that you register most information only once. For example, you only need to type the name of an author the first time you add a book by this author. Later, you simply choose the name from a list. BookCAT then automatically creates a link between the book and the author. When you modify an entry in a lookup table, for example, to fix a typing error, the change will be reflected in all fields that are linked to the lookup table.

The use of lookup tables to store information has two significant advantages: it saves time and conserves valuable disk space on your computer. It also makes it easier to search for exactly the information you are looking for, or create a group based report. And finally, it allows you to store useful information about each entry in a lookup table. For example, you can store a person's e-mail address or a publisher's Internet home page URL.

Before you can start using BookCAT, you must open a database. You can either open an existing database (for example the SAMPLE.MDB database) or create your own database.


Book table

The Book table contains information about all books in the database. Information from lookup tables (for example Publisher) is not stored in the Book table, BookCAT only saves a link to the relevant item in the lookup table. This means that any changes you make to a lookup item, for example fixing a typing error, is reflected in all books where the item is used.

Acquired From

Appraiser

Author

Author Detail

Awards

Binding

Book ID

Borrower

Category

Change in Value

Change in Value %

Co-Author

Comments

Condition

Contributor

Copyright Date

Country

Cover 1

Cover 1 - Comments

Cover 1 - Compressed

Cover 1 - External

Cover 1 - File Name

Cover 1 - Thumbnail

Cover 1 - Type

Cover 2

Cover 2 - Comments

Cover 2 - Compressed

Cover 2 - External

Cover 2 - File Name

Cover 2 - Thumbnail

Cover 2 - Type

Cover 3

Cover 3 - Comments

Cover 3 - Compressed

Cover 3 - External

Cover 3 - File Name

Cover 3 - Thumbnail

Cover 3 - Type

Current Value

Custom 01

Custom 02

Custom 03

Custom 04

Custom 05

Custom 06

Custom 07

Custom 08

Custom 09

Custom 10

Custom 11

Custom 12

Custom 13

Custom 14

Custom 15

Custom 16

Custom 17

Custom 18

Date Acquired

Date Borrowed

Date Due

Deleted

Edition

Editor

Full Title 1

Full Title 2

Ghostwriter

Insurance

ISBN

Keywords

Language

Location

Main Author

Marked

New Book

Nominations

Number of Sections

On Loan

Original Copyright

Original Country

Original Language

Original Publisher

Original Subtitle

Original Title

Overdue

Owner

Pages

Personal Rating

Printed by

Printing

Pseudonym

Publish Date

Publisher

Purchase Price

Reference No

Registered

Release No

Reviews

Selling Price

Series

Sort by

Status

Sub-Category

Subtitle

Synopsis

Title

Translator

Type


Book.Acquired From

Use this field to specify where you bought the book, who you got it from etc. Type the name or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Acquired From dialog box where you can specify contact information, comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Acquired From table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Acquired From drop-down list.


Book.Appraiser

The name of the appraiser (this could be a person, a catalog, etc.), if applicable. Type the name or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Appraiser dialog box where you can specify contact information, comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Appraiser table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Appraiser drop-down list.


Book.Author

The name of the author(s). To register the author(s), click on the … button, choose Choose from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + H. To add only one author, choose Add from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + A. This field is linked to the Person table.

BookCAT allows you to link each author to one of six author categories:

•	Main Author (this is the default category)

•	Co-Author (C)

•	Ghostwriter (G)

•	Contributor (T)

•	Pseudonym (P)

•	Editor (E)

To specify author category, simply click with the right mouse button on the Author list and choose the category from the popup menu.

Notes

•	If the six author categories are not visible on the popup menu, you will have to use the Field Wizard (choose Field Definitions from the Tools menu and click the Wizard button) to activate the following fields: Main Author, Co-Author, Ghostwriter, Contributor, Pseudonym and Editor.

•	If you don't specify a category, BookCAT links the author to the default category (Main Author).

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Author list box.


Book.Author Detail

This field is only available in the browse list and in reports, and returns detailed information about the author(s), for example:

Main Author (by Ghostwriter)

Main Author with Co-Author

Main Author (with Contributor)

Main Author (as Pseudonum)

Ed. by Editor

Main Author (Ed. by Editor)


Book.Awards

Here you can add awards given to the book. You can also specify the year the award was given and additional details. To register awards, click on the … button, choose Choose from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + H. To add only one award, choose Add from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + A. This field is linked to the Award table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Awards list box.


Book.Binding

Use this field to specify information about the binding (Hardcover, Paperback, etc.). Type the description or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Binding dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Binding table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Binding drop-down list.


Book.Book ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Book.Borrower

If the book is currently “on loan”, this field contains the name of the borrower. This field is linked to the Borrower table.


Book.Category

The category describes the type of book. There are many possible categories, for example Adventure, Drama, Science Fiction, or Thriller. Type the category or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Category dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Category table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Category drop-down list.


Book.Change in Value

The difference between price and value.


Book.Change in Value %

The difference between price and value in percent.


Book.Co-Author

This field includes authors linked to the Co-Author category. To register a co-author, add the person to the Author field, then right-click on the list and choose Co-Author from the popup menu.


Book.Comments

This field is for your own comments about the book. Maximum length is 32000 characters.


Book.Condition

Use this field to specify the condition of the book. Type the condition description or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Condition dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Condition table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Condition drop-down list.


Book.Contributor

This field includes authors linked to the Contributor category. To register a contributor, add the person to the Author field, then right-click on the list and choose Contributor from the popup menu.


Book.Copyright Date

The book's copyright date. If you don’t know the day and month, just specify the year. To bring up a calendar where you can select the date, click on the button to the right of the text box.


Book.Country

The country of origin. Type the name of the country or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Country dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Country table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Country drop-down list.


Book.Cover 1

This field contains image 1.


Book.Cover 1 - Comments

Comments about the image.


Book.Cover 1 - Compressed

Specifies whether the image is compressed or not (only applies to BMP images).


Book.Cover 1 - External

Specifies whether the image is stored externally (that is, only a link to the image is stored in the database) or not.


Book.Cover 1 - File Name

If this is an external image, this field contains the file name.


Book.Cover 1 - Thumbnail

This field contains a thumbnail of the image. The thumbnail is automatically created when you modify the image. The size is always 42 * 64 pixels.


Book.Cover 1 - Type

The type of image: 0 (BMP), 1 (GIF) or 2 (JPG).


Book.Cover 2

This field contains image 2.


Book.Cover 2 - Comments

Comments about the image.


Book.Cover 2 - Compressed

Specifies whether the image is compressed or not (only applies to BMP images).


Book.Cover 2 - External

Specifies whether the image is stored externally (that is, only a link to the image is stored in the database) or not.


Book.Cover 2 - File Name

If this is an external image, this field contains the file name.


Book.Cover 2 - Thumbnail

This field contains a thumbnail of the image. The thumbnail is automatically created when you modify the image. The size is always 42 * 64 pixels.


Book.Cover 2 - Type

The type of image: 0 (BMP), 1 (GIF) or 2 (JPG).


Book.Cover 3

This field contains image 3.


Book.Cover 3 - Comments

Comments about the image.


Book.Cover 3 - Compressed

Specifies whether the image is compressed or not (only applies to BMP images).


Book.Cover 3 - External

Specifies whether the image is stored externally (that is, only a link to the image is stored in the database) or not.


Book.Cover 3 - File Name

If this is an external image, this field contains the file name.


Book.Cover 3 - Thumbnail

This field contains a thumbnail of the image. The thumbnail is automatically created when you modify the image. The size is always 42 * 64 pixels.


Book.Cover 3 - Type

The type of image: 0 (BMP), 1 (GIF) or 2 (JPG).


Book.Current Value

The book's current value.


Book.Custom 01

This is an ordinary text field that you can use to store whatever information you want. Maximum length is 50 characters.


Book.Custom 02

This is an ordinary text field that you can use to store whatever information you want. Maximum length is 50 characters.


Book.Custom 03

This is an ordinary text field that you can use to store whatever information you want. Maximum length is 50 characters.


Book.Custom 04

This is an ordinary text field that you can use to store whatever information you want. Maximum length is 50 characters.


Book.Custom 05

This is a lookup field that is linked to the Book Custom 05 table. Use this field to store whatever information you want. Type the value or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Book Custom 05 dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Custom 05 drop-down list.


Book.Custom 06

This is a lookup field that is linked to the Book Custom 06 table. Use this field to store whatever information you want. Type the value or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Book Custom 06 dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Custom 06 drop-down list.


Book.Custom 07

This is a lookup field that is linked to the Book Custom 07 table. Use this field to store whatever information you want. Type the value or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Book Custom 07 dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Custom 07 drop-down list.


Book.Custom 08

This is a lookup field that is linked to the Book Custom 08 table. Use this field to store whatever information you want. Type the value or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Book Custom 08 dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Custom 08 drop-down list.


Book.Custom 09

This is a date field that you can use to store whatever information you want.


Book.Custom 10

This is a numeric field that you can use to store whatever information you want.


Book.Custom 11

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Book.Custom 12

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Book.Custom 13

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Book.Custom 14

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Book.Custom 15

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Book.Custom 16

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Book.Custom 17

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Book.Custom 18

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Book.Date Acquired

The date you acquired the book. If the day or month has only one digit, type a zero before the numeral, for example 01.02.1997. If you don’t remember the day and month, just specify the year. To bring up a calendar where you can select the date, click on the button to the right of the text box.


Book.Date Borrowed

If the book is currently “on loan”, this field contains the date it was borrowed.


Book.Date Due

If the book is currently “on loan”, this field contains the date it is due to be returned.


Book.Deleted

This field indicates whether the book is marked as deleted or not.

Notes

•	To actually remove deleted books from the database, you must compact the database. You do this by choosing Compact Database from the File menu and selecting Remove deleted books. Then click OK to compact the database. All books marked as deleted are then removed from the database.


Book.Edition

The book's edition. Type the description or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Edition dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Edition table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Edition drop-down list.


Book.Editor

This field includes authors linked to the Editor category. To register an editor, add the person to the Author field, then right-click on the list and choose Editor from the popup menu.


Book.Full Title 1

This field combines Title, Series and Release No into one field, like this: Series (Release No): Title. It is only available in reports and in the browse list.


Book.Full Title 2

This field combines Title, Series and Release No into one field, like this: Title (Series Release No). It is only available in reports and in the browse list.


Book.Ghostwriter

This field includes authors linked to the Ghostwriter category. To register a ghostwriter, add the person to the Author field, then right-click on the list and choose Ghostwriter from the popup menu.


Book.Insurance

Use this field to link the book to an insurance policy. Select the policy name from the list. To add a new policy, choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Insurance table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Insurance drop-down list.


Book.ISBN

The ISBN number.


Book.Keywords

This is for listing keywords that describe the book. These should be words that will help you later locate what you are looking for. To register the keyword(s), click on the … button, choose Choose from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + H. To add only one keyword, choose Add from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + A. This field is linked to the Keyword table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Keyword list box.


Book.Language

Type the language or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Language dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Language table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Language drop-down list.


Book.Location

Use this field to specify where the book is located. Type the location or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Location dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Location table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Location drop-down list.


Book.Main Author

This field includes authors linked to the Main Author category. To register a main author, simply add the person to the Author field.


Book.Marked

This field indicates whether the book is marked or not.


Book.New Book

This field indicates whether this is a new book, and is based on the Date Acquired field. By default, if it's less than 60 days since you acquired the book, this field returns Yes. If not, it returns No.

Notes

•	You can change the number of days used in this calculation by choosing Preferences from the Tools menu, and specify the new value in the New Book - days text box. Default value is 60 days.


Book.Nominations

Here you can add nominations given to the book. You can also specify the year the nomination was given and additional details. To register nominations, click on the … button, choose Choose from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + H. To add only one nomination, choose Add from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + A. This field is linked to the Award table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Nominations list box.


Book.Number of Sections

This field contains the number of sections in the book, and is automatically maintained by BookCAT.


Book.On Loan

This field indicates whether the book is currently “on loan” or not.


Book.Original Copyright

If the book is translated, use this field to specify the original copyright date. If you don’t know the day and month, just specify the year. To bring up a calendar where you can select the date, click on the button to the right of the text box.


Book.Original Country

If the book is translated, use this field to specify the original country of origin. Type the name of the country or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Country dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Country table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Original Country drop-down list.


Book.Original Language

If the book is translated, use this field to specify the original language. Type the language or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Language dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Language table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Original Language drop-down list.


Book.Original Publisher

If the book is translated, use this field to specify the original publisher. Type the name of the publisher or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Publisher dialog box where you can specify address, comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Publisher table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Original Publisher drop-down list.


Book.Original Subtitle

If the book is translated, use this field to specify the original subtitle. Maximum length is 255 characters.


Book.Original Title

If the book is translated, use this field to specify the original title. Maximum length is 150 characters.


Book.Overdue

If the book is “on loan”, this field indicates whether it is overdue or not.


Book.Owner

Use this field to specify the owner of the book. Type the name or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Owner dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Owner table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Owner drop-down list.


Book.Pages

The total number of pages.


Book.Personal Rating

Use this field to specify your own personal rating, for example Excellent, Very Good etc. Type the rating or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Personal Rating dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Personal Rating table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Personal Rating drop-down list.


Book.Printed by

The name of the company that has printed the book. Type the name or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Printed by dialog box where you can specify address, comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Printed by table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Printed by drop-down list.


Book.Printing

Type the description or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Printing dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Printing table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Printing drop-down list.


Book.Pseudonym

This field includes authors linked to the Pseudonym category. To register an author under this category, add the person to the Author field, then right-click on the list and choose Pseudonym from the popup menu.


Book.Publish Date

The publish date. If you don’t know the day and month, just specify the year. To bring up a calendar where you can select the date, click on the button to the right of the text box.


Book.Publisher

Type the name of the publisher or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Publisher dialog box where you can specify address, comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Publisher table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Publisher drop-down list.


Book.Purchase Price

Use this field to specify what you paid for the book.


Book.Reference No

Use this field if you have your own system for identifying books in your collection. Maximum length is 25 characters.

Notes

•	By default, BookCAT will automatically convert all input to upper case. If you do not want this feature activated, choose Preferences from the Tools menu and deselect Reference No. upper case.

•	BookCAT can automatically generate the reference number. To activate this feature, choose Preferences from the Tools menu, select the Reference No. tab and make your selections.

•	If you want to sort on this field, make sure all values have the same length. For example, use leading zeros like this: 00012, 00013 and so on.

•	If you want BookCAT to generate a new reference number, click on the text box with the right mouse button and choose Generate from the popup menu.


Book.Registered

This field contains the date the book was added to the database. Today’s date is used automatically, but you can change it if you want. To bring up a calendar where you can select the date, click on the button to the right of the field.


Book.Release No

If the book is part of a series, use this field to specify the release number.


Book.Reviews

This field is for reviews. Maximum length is 32000 characters.


Book.Selling Price

Use this field to specify the selling price, if applicable.


Book.Series

If the book is part of a series, specify the name of the series in this field. Type the name or select it from the list. Maximum length is 100 characters. To bring up the New Series dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Series table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Series drop-down list.


Book.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on the book title. When you tab out of the Title field (or save the book), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty. If the name begins with “A” or “The”, BookCAT will automatically update the Sort by field to reflect this. For example, if you type “The Hobbit” in the Title field, BookCAT will add “Hobbit, The” to the Sort by field. This means that the book is sorted under "H" and not "T".


Book.Status

Use this field to specify the status of the book, for example Own (you own the book), Want (you have it on your “want list”), For sale (it is for sale) or Reference (you don’t own it, but just want to include it in the database). Type the status or select it from the list. To bring up the New Status dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Status table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Status drop-down list.


Book.Sub-Category

In addition to the Category field, you can use the Sub-category to describe the type of book. Type the category or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Sub-Category dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Sub-Category table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Sub-Category drop-down list.


Book.Subtitle

The book's subtitle, if applicable. Maximum length is 255 characters.


Book.Synopsis

This field is for the synopsis. Maximum length is 32000 characters.


Book.Title

The title of the book. Maximum length is 150 characters.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Title field (or save the book), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book.Translator

If the book is translated, specify the name of the translator(s) in this field. To register the translator(s), click on the … button, choose Choose from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + H. To add only one translator, choose Add from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + A. This field is linked to the Person table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Translator list box.


Book.Type

Use this field to specify the type of book, for example Fiction or Non-fiction. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Book Type dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Book Type table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Type drop-down list.


Contents table

The Contents table contains information about all sections (chapters, short stories, individual essays, etc. contained within books) in the database. Information from lookup tables (for example Type) is not stored in the Contents table, BookCAT only saves a link to the relevant item in the lookup table. This means that any changes you make to a lookup item, for example fixing a typing error, is reflected in all sections where the item is used.

Author

Author Detail

Book ID

Chapters

Co-Author

Comments

ContentsID

Contributor

Custom 01

Custom 02

Custom 03

Custom 04

Custom 05

Custom 06

Custom 07

Custom 08

Custom 09

Custom 10

Custom 11

Custom 12

Custom 13

Custom 14

Custom 15

Full Title 1

Full Title 2

Ghostwriter

Index

Item

Keywords

Main Author

Marked

Page From

Page From-To

Page To

Position

Pseudonym

Release No

Series

Sort by

Title

Type


Contents.Author

The name of the author(s). To register the author(s), click on the … button, choose Choose from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + H. To add only one author, choose Add from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + A. This field is linked to the Person table.

BookCAT allows you to link each author to one of five author categories:

•	Main Author (this is the default category)

•	Co-Author (C)

•	Ghostwriter (G)

•	Contributor (T)

•	Pseudonym (P)

To specify author category, simply click with the right mouse button on the Author list and choose the category from the popup menu.

Notes

•	If the five author categories are not visible on the popup menu, you will have to use the Field Wizard (choose Field Definitions from the Tools menu and click the Wizard button) to activate the following fields: Main Author, Co-Author, Ghostwriter, Contributor and Pseudonym.

•	If you don't specify a category, BookCAT links the author to the default category (Main Author).

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Author list box.


Contents.Author Detail

This field is only available in the browse list and in reports, and returns detailed information about the author(s), for example:

Main Author (by Ghostwriter)

Main Author with Co-Author

Main Author (with Contributor)

Main Author (as Pseudonum)


Contents.Book ID

This is the book's unique ID number. You will probably have no use for this field.


Contents.Chapters

You can use this field to register the chapters. To add or edit the chapters, click on the … button to the right of the field or choose Edit Chapters from the Edit menu (you can also press Ctrl+P).

Notes

•	It's up to you whether you want to register the chapters as separate sections, or use this field.


Contents.Co-Author

This field includes authors linked to the Co-Author category. To register a co-author, add the person to the Author field, then right-click on the list and choose Co-Author from the popup menu.


Contents.Comments

This field is for your own comments. Maximum length is 32000 characters.


Contents.Contents ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Contents.Contributor

This field includes authors linked to the Contributor category. To register a contributor, add the person to the Author field, then right-click on the list and choose Contributor from the popup menu.


Contents.Custom 01

This is an ordinary text field that you can use to store whatever information you want. Maximum length is 50 characters.


Contents.Custom 02

This is an ordinary text field that you can use to store whatever information you want. Maximum length is 50 characters.


Contents.Custom 03

This is an ordinary text field that you can use to store whatever information you want. Maximum length is 50 characters.


Contents.Custom 04

This is a lookup field that is linked to the Contents Custom 04 table. Use this field to store whatever information you want. Type the value or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Contents Custom 04 dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Custom 04 drop-down list.


Contents.Custom 05

This is a lookup field that is linked to the Contents Custom 05 table. Use this field to store whatever information you want. Type the value or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Contents Custom 05 dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Custom 05 drop-down list.


Contents.Custom 06

This is a lookup field that is linked to the Contents Custom 06 table. Use this field to store whatever information you want. Type the value or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Contents Custom 06 dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Custom 06 drop-down list.


Contents.Custom 07

This is a date field that you can use to store whatever information you want.


Contents.Custom 08

This is a numeric field that you can use to store whatever information you want.


Contents.Custom 09

This is a numeric field that you can use to store whatever information you want.


Contents.Custom 10

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Contents.Custom 11

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Contents.Custom 12

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Contents.Custom 13

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Contents.Custom 14

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Contents.Custom 15

This is logical field that can contain one of two possible values: selected (checked, yes, on, true) or not selected (unchecked, no, off, false).


Contents.Full Title 1

This field combines Title, Series and Release No into one field, like this: Series (Release No): Title. It is only available in reports and in the browse list.


Contents.Full Title 2

This field combines Title, Series and Release No into one field, like this: Title (Series Release No). It is only available in reports and in the browse list.


Contents.Ghostwriter

This field includes authors linked to the Ghostwriter category. To register a ghostwriter, add the person to the Author field, then right-click on the list and choose Ghostwriter from the popup menu.


Contents.Index

This field contains the section's index number, and is automatically maintained by BookCAT.


Contents.Item

This field contains the item the section is located in, and is automatically maintained by BookCAT.


Contents.Keywords

This is for listing keywords that describe the work. These should be words that will help you later locate what you are looking for. To register the keyword(s), click on the … button, choose Choose from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + H. To add only one keyword, choose Add from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + A. This field is linked to the Keyword table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Keyword list box.


Contents.Main Author

This field includes authors linked to the Main Author category. To register a main author, simply add the person to the Author field.


Contents.Marked

This field indicates whether the section is marked or not.


Contents.Page From

The first page.


Contents.Page From-To

This field is only available in reports, and includes both Page From and Page To as one field (for example, 10-25).


Contents.Page To

The last page.


Contents.Position

This field is only available in reports, and contains the “section position”. With section position we mean what item the section is located in, and the index number. For example, if the section is number 1 in item 2, the section position is 2-1.


Contents.Pseudonym

This field includes authors linked to the Pseudonym category. To register an author under this category, add the person to the Author field, then right-click on the list and choose Pseudonym from the popup menu.


Contents.Release No

If the work is part of a series, use this field to specify the release number.


Contents.Series

If the work is part of a series, specify the name of the series in this field. Type the name or select it from the list. Maximum length is 100 characters. To bring up the New Series dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Series table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Series drop-down list.


Contents.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on the title. When you tab out of the Title field (or save the section), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty. If the name begins with “A” or “The”, BookCAT will automatically update the Sort by field to reflect this.


Contents.Title

Use this field to specify the title. Maximum length is 150 characters. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on the title.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Title field (or save the section), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Contents.Type

The type of work, for example Essay, Short Story, or Poem. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Contents Type dialog box where you can specify comments etc., choose New from the Lookup menu or press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Contents Type table.

Notes

•	You can only use the commands on the Lookup menu when the cursor is in the Type drop-down list.


Loan Transaction table

The Loan Transaction table contains information about books that are currently or have been “on loan”. You can’t modify this table directly, but BookCAT updates it when you register a book as “on loan” or as "returned". You can get an overview of the contents of this table by choosing Loan Transaction from the Tools menu.

Borrower

Date Borrowed

Date Due

Date Returned

Overdue

Returned


Loan Transaction.Borrower

This field contains the name of the borrower, and is linked to the Borrower table.


Loan Transaction.Date Borrowed

This field contains the date the book was borrowed.


Loan Transaction.Date Due

This field contains the date the book is due to be returned.


Loan Transaction.Date Returned

This field contains the date the book was returned. If the book is not yet returned, this field is empty.


Loan Transaction.Overdue

If the book is “on loan”, this field indicates whether it is overdue or not.


Loan Transaction.Returned

This field indicates whether the book is returned or not.


Acquired From table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Acquired From.

Acquired From

Acquired From ID

Address

Comments

E-mail

Fax

Phone

Sort by

WWW


Acquired From.Acquired From

Specify the name of the store where you bought the book, who you got it from etc. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Acquired From field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Acquired From.Acquired From ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Acquired From.Address

This is a memo field where you can specify the address.


Acquired From.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Acquired From.E-mail

Here you can specify the e-mail address. Maximum length is 100 characters.


Acquired From.Fax

Here you can specify the fax number.


Acquired From.Phone

Here you can specify the phone number.


Acquired From.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Acquired From field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Acquired From.WWW

Here you can specify the WWW address.


Appraiser table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Appraiser.

Appraiser

Appraiser ID

Address

Comments

E-mail

Fax

Phone

Sort by

WWW


Appraiser.Appraiser

Specify the name of the appraiser (this could be a person, a catalog etc.). Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Appraiser field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Appraiser.Appraiser ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Appraiser.Address

This is a memo field where you can specify the appraiser’s address.


Appraiser.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments about the appraiser.


Appraiser.E-mail

Here you can specify the appraiser’s e-mail address.


Appraiser.Fax

Here you can specify the appraiser’s fax number.


Appraiser.Phone

Here you can specify the appraiser’s phone number.


Appraiser.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Appraiser field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.

Notes

•	We recommend that you use the format Last name, First name for persons. The name is then first sorted on last name, then on first name.


Appraiser.WWW

Here you can specify the WWW address to the appraiser's home page.


Award table

Two fields are linked to this lookup table: Book.Awards and Book.Nominations.

Award

Award ID

Comments

Sort by


Award.Award

Specify the name of the award. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Award field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Award.Award ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Award.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Award.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Award field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Custom 05 table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Custom 05.

Comments

Sort by

Book Custom 05

Book Custom 05 ID


Book Custom 05.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Book Custom 05.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Book Custom 05 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Custom 05.Book Custom 05

Specify the lookup item here. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Book Custom 05 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Custom 05.Book Custom 05 ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Book Custom 06 table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Custom 06.

Comments

Sort by

Book Custom 06

Book Custom 06 ID


Book Custom 06.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Book Custom 06.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Book Custom 06 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Custom 06.Book Custom 06

Specify the lookup item here. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Book Custom 06 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Custom 06.Book Custom 06 ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Book Custom 07 table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Custom 07.

Comments

Sort by

Book Custom 07

Book Custom 07 ID


Book Custom 07.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Book Custom 07.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Book Custom 07 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Custom 07.Book Custom 07

Specify the lookup item here. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Book Custom 07 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Custom 07.Book Custom 07 ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Book Custom 08 table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Custom 08.

Comments

Sort by

Book Custom 08

Book Custom 08 ID


Book Custom 08.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Book Custom 08.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Book Custom 08 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Custom 08.Book Custom 08

Specify the lookup item here. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Book Custom 08 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Custom 08.Book Custom 08 ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Book Type table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Type.

Book Type

Book Type ID

Comments

Sort by


Book Type.Book Type

The type of book, for example Fiction or Non-fiction. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Book Type field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Book Type.Book Type ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Book Type.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Book Type.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Book Type field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Borrower Category table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Borrower.Category.

Borrower Category

Borrower Category ID

Comments

Sort by


Borrower Category.Borrower Category

Specify the category. Use categories to assign a borrower to a user defined category. This might be useful when creating reports etc. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Borrower Category field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Borrower Category.Borrower Category ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Borrower Category.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Borrower Category.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Borrower Category field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Borrower table

Two fields are linked to this lookup table: Book.Borrower and Loan Transaction.Borrower.

Borrower ID

Address

Category

Comments

E-mail

Fax

Name

Phone

Sort by

WWW


Borrower.Borrower ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Borrower.Address

This is a memo field where you can specify the address.


Borrower.Category

Use this field to assign the borrower to a user defined category. This might be useful when creating reports etc. Type the category or select it from the list. Maximum length is 50 characters. To bring up the New Borrower Category dialog box where you can specify comments etc., press Ctrl + W. This field is linked to the Borrower Category table.


Borrower.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Borrower.E-mail

Here you can specify the e-mail address.


Borrower.Fax

Here you can specify the fax number.


Borrower.Name

In this field you specify the name of the borrower. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	Always fill in the Sort by field first. When you tab out of the Sort by field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Name field if it is empty. If the Sort by field contains a comma, the string after the comma is moved to the beginning of the name and the comma is removed. For example, type Smith, John in the Sort by field, press Tab, and BookCAT fills in John Smith in the Name field!


Borrower.Phone

Here you can specify the phone number.


Borrower.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on the name.

Notes

•	We recommend that you use the format Last name, First name. The name is then first sorted on last name, then on first name. Always use comma as the separator between the first and last name.

•	Always fill in the Sort by field first. When you tab out of the Sort by field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Name field if it is empty. If the Sort by field contains a comma, the string after the comma is moved to the beginning of the name and the comma is removed. For example, type Smith, John in the Sort by field, press Tab, and BookCAT fills in John Smith in the Name field!


Borrower.WWW

Here you can specify the WWW address to the home page, if applicable.


Binding table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Binding.

Binding

Binding ID

Comments

Sort by


Binding.Binding

For example, Hard cover or Paperback. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Binding field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Binding.Binding ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Binding.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Binding.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Binding field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Category table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Category.

Category

Category ID

Comments

Sort by


Category.Category

In this field you specify the category, for example Drama, Science Fiction, or Thriller. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Category field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Category.Category ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Category.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Category.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Category field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Condition table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Condition.

Condition

Condition ID

Comments

Sort by


Condition.Condition

Use this field to specify the condition, for example Very Fine, Fine, or Very Good. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Condition field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Condition.Condition ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Condition.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Condition.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Condition field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Contents Custom 04 table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Contents.Custom 04.

Comments

Contents Custom 04

Contents Custom 04 ID

Sort by


Contents Custom 04.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Contents Custom 04.Contents Custom 04

Specify the lookup item here. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Contents Custom 04 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Contents Custom 04.Contents Custom 04 ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Contents Custom 04.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Contents Custom 04 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Contents Custom 05 table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Contents.Custom 05.

Comments

Contents Custom 05

Contents Custom 05 ID

Sort by


Contents Custom 05.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Contents Custom 05.Contents Custom 05

Specify the lookup item here. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Contents Custom 05 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Contents Custom 05.Contents Custom 05 ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Contents Custom 05.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Contents Custom 05 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Contents Custom 06 table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Contents.Custom 06.

Comments

Contents Custom 06

Contents Custom 06 ID

Sort by


Contents Custom 06.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Contents Custom 06.Contents Custom 06

Specify the lookup item here. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Contents Custom 06 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Contents Custom 06.Contents Custom 06 ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Contents Custom 06.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Contents Custom 06 field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Contents Type table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Contents.Type.

Comments

Contents Type

Contents Type ID

Sort by


Contents Type.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Contents Type.Contents Type

The type of work, for example Essay, Short Story, or Poem. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Contents Type field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Contents Type.Contents Type ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Contents Type.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Contents Type field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Country table

Three fields are linked to this lookup table: Book.Country, Book.Original Country and Person.Country.

Comments

Country

Country ID

Sort by


Country.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Country.Country

Type the name of the country in this field. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Country field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Country.Country ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Country.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Country field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Edition table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Edition.

Comments

Edition

Edition ID

Sort by


Edition.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Edition.Edition

The edition. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Edition field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Edition.Edition ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Edition.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Edition field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Insurance table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Insurance.

Address

Comments

Contact Person

Coverage

E-mail

Fax

Insurance Company

Insurance ID

Phone

Policy

Policy Number

Sort by

WWW


Insurance.Address

This is a memo field where you can specify the insurance company's address.


Insurance.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Insurance.Contact Person

Type the name of the contact person, if applicable.


Insurance.Coverage

Specify the insurance coverage.


Insurance.E-mail

Here you can specify the e-mail address.


Insurance.Fax

Here you can specify the fax number.


Insurance.Insurance Company

In this field you specify the name of the insurance company.


Insurance.Insurance ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Insurance.Phone

Here you can specify the phone number.


Insurance.Policy

Use this field to specify the name of the insurance policy. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Policy field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Insurance.Policy Number

Type the insurance policy number.


Insurance.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Policy field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Insurance.WWW

Here you can specify the WWW address to the insurance company’s home page.


Keyword table

Two fields are linked to this lookup table: Book.Keywords and Contents.Keywords.

Comments

Keyword

Keyword ID

Sort by


Keyword.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Keyword.Keyword

The keyword describes the work. This should be a word that will help you later locate what you are looking for. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Keyword field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Keyword.Keyword ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Keyword.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Keyword field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Language table

Two fields are linked to this lookup table: Book.Language and Book.Original Language.

Comments

Language

Language ID

Sort by


Language.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Language.Language

Specify the language. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Language field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Language.Language ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Language.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Language field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Location table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Location.

Comments

Location

Location ID

Sort by


Location.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Location.Location

Specify the location where the book is located. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Location field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Location.Location ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Location.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Location field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Owner table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Owner.

Comments

Owner

Owner ID

Sort by


Owner.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Owner.Owner

Specify the name. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Owner field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Owner.Owner ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Owner.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Owner field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Person table

Ten fields are linked to this lookup table: Book.Main Author, Book.Co-Author, Book.Contributor, Book.Ghostwriter, Book.Editor, Book.Pseudonym, Book.Translator, Contents.Main Author, Contents.Co-Author, Contents.Contributor, Contents.Ghostwriter and Contents.Pseudonym.

Address

Born

Comments

Country

Dead

E-mail

Fax

Image 1

Image 1 - Comments

Image 1 - Compressed

Image 1 - External

Image 1 - File name

Image 1 - Thumbnail

Image 1 - Type

Image 2

Image 2 - Comments

Image 2 - Compressed

Image 2 - External

Image 2 - File name

Image 2 - Thumbnail

Image 2 - Type

Image 3

Image 3 - Comments

Image 3 - Compressed

Image 3 - External

Image 3 - File name

Image 3 - Thumbnail

Image 3 - Type

Name

Person ID

Phone

Pseudonym

Sort by

WWW


Person.Address

This is a memo field where you can specify the person’s address.


Person.Born

The date or year the person was born.


Person.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments about the person.


Person.Country

The country where the person was born.


Person.Dead

If the person is dead, use this field to specify the date.


Person.E-mail

The person’s e-mail address.


Person.Fax

The person’s fax number.


Person.Image 1

This field contains image 1.


Person.Image 1 - Comments

Comments about the image.


Person.Image 1 - Compressed

Specifies whether the image is compressed or not (only applies to BMP images).


Person.Image 1 - External

Specifies whether the image is stored externally (that is, only a link to the image is stored in the database) or not.


Person.Image 1 - File name

If this is an external image, this field holds the file name.


Person.Image 1 - Thumbnail

This field contains a thumbnail of the image. The thumbnail is automatically created when you modify the image. The size is always 42 * 64 pixels.


Person.Image 1 - Type

The type of image: 0 (BMP), 1 (GIF) or 2 (JPG).


Person.Image 2

This field contains image 2.


Person.Image 2 - Comments

Comments about the image.


Person.Image 2 - Compressed

Specifies whether the image is compressed or not (only applies to BMP images).


Person.Image 2 - External

Specifies whether the image is stored externally (that is, only a link to the image is stored in the database) or not.


Person.Image 2 - File name

If this is an external image, this field holds the file name.


Person.Image 2 - Thumbnail

This field contains a thumbnail of the image. The thumbnail is automatically created when you modify the image. The size is always 42 * 64 pixels.


Person.Image 2 - Type

The type of image: 0 (BMP), 1 (GIF) or 2 (JPG).


Person.Image 3

This field contains image 3.


Person.Image 3 - Comments

Comments about the image.


Person.Image 3 - Compressed

Specifies whether the image is compressed or not (only applies to BMP images).


Person.Image 3 - External

Specifies whether the image is stored externally (that is, only a link to the image is stored in the database) or not.


Person.Image 3 - File name

If this is an external image, this field holds the file name.


Person.Image 3 - Thumbnail

This field contains a thumbnail of the image. The thumbnail is automatically created when you modify the image. The size is always 42 * 64 pixels.


Person.Image 3 - Type

The type of image: 0 (BMP), 1 (GIF) or 2 (JPG).


Person.Name

The name of the person. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Name field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.

•	Always fill in the Sort by field first. When you tab out of the Sort by field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Name field if it is empty. If the Sort by field contains a comma, the string after the comma is moved to the beginning of the name and the comma is removed. For example, type MacLean, Alistair in the Sort by field, press Tab, and BookCAT fills in Alistair MacLean in the Name field!


Person.Person ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Person.Phone

The person’s phone number.


Person.Pseudonym

If the person (author) uses a pseudonym, specify it here.


Person.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on the person name. When you tab out of the Name field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.

Notes

•	We recommend that you use the format Last name, First name. The name is then first sorted on last name, then on first name.


Person.WWW

The WWW address to the person’s home page.


Personal Rating table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Personal Rating.

Comments

Personal Rating

Personal Rating ID

Sort by


Personal Rating.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Personal Rating.Personal Rating

Use this field to specify your own personal rating, for example Excellent or Very Good. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Personal Rating field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Personal Rating.Personal Rating ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Personal Rating.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Personal Rating field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Printed by table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Printed by.

Address

Comments

E-mail

Fax

Phone

Printed by

Printed by ID

Sort by

WWW


Printed by.Address

This is a memo field where you can specify the address.


Printed by.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments about the company.


Printed by.E-mail

Here you can specify the e-mail address.


Printed by.Fax

Here you can specify the fax number.


Printed by.Phone

Here you can specify the phone number.


Printed by.Printed by

The name of the company that has printed the book. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of this field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Printed by.Printed by ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Printed by.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Printed by field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Printed by.WWW

Here you can specify the WWW address to company's home page.


Printing table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Printing.

Comments

Printing

Printing ID

Sort by


Printing.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Printing.Printing

Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Printing field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Printing.Printing ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Printing.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Printing field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Publisher table

Two fields are linked to this lookup table: Book.Publisher and Book.Original Publisher.

Address

Comments

E-mail

Fax

Phone

Publisher

Publisher ID

Sort by

WWW


Publisher.Address

This is a memo field where you can specify the address.


Publisher.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Publisher.E-mail

Here you can specify the e-mail address.


Publisher.Fax

Here you can specify the fax number.


Publisher.Phone

Here you can specify the phone number.


Publisher.Publisher

Specify the name of the publisher. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Publisher field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Publisher.Publisher ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Publisher.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Publisher field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Publisher.WWW

Here you can specify the WWW address to the publisher’s home page.


Series table

Two fields are linked to this lookup table: Book.Series and Contents.Series.

Comments

Series

Series ID

Sort by


Series.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Series.Series

The name of the series. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Series field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Series.Series ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Series.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Series field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Status table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Status.

Comments

Sort by

Status

Status ID


Status.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Status.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Status field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Status.Status

Specify the status. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Status field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Status.Status ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Sub-Category table

One field is linked to this lookup table: Book.Sub-Category.

Comments

Sort by

Sub-Category

Sub-Category ID


Sub-Category.Comments

Use this field if you need to add any comments.


Sub-Category.Sort by

This is the value that is used when sorting on this item. When you tab out of the Sub-Category field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Sub-Category.Sub-Category

In this field you specify the Sub-Category. Use the Sort by field to specify the value that is used when sorting on this item.

Notes

•	When you tab out of the Sub-Category field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Sort by field if it is empty.


Sub-Category.Sub-Category ID

This is an unique ID number that is assigned to each entry in the table. You will probably have no use for this field.


Press this button to register the book as “on loan”.


Press this button to register the book as "returned".

Notes

•	Even though BookCAT lets you change the name of the borrower from the Loan Out dialog box, always register the book as returned before you register it as ”on loan” again. This is important if you want information in the Loan Transaction table to be correct.


The statusbar contains four sections:

1.	Book number. The books are numbered according to their position in the Browse window. The first book is number 1, the second number 2 and so on. If you are adding a new book, New is shown until you actually save the book.

2.	Marked books / Total number of books. This section shows how many books the database contains, and how many of these that are marked. For example, if you have added 350 books and 75 books are marked, the statusbar will display 75 / 350.

3.	Deleted. Indicates whether the current book is marked for deletion or not. To actually remove deleted books from the database, choose Compact Database from the File menu and select Remove deleted books.

4.	Information. The last section on the statusbar displays additional information, for example about the selected menu option, the toolbar button the mouse pointer is over or the procedure currently being performed.


This list displays the sections of the current book in the order they appear in the book.


Press this button to add a new section to the current book.


Press this button to edit the selected section.


Press this button to delete the selected section. You must always confirm this.

Notes

•	Unlike books, sections are deleted immediately.


This window displays a list of the books in the database.

Notes

•	To view only the subset (that is, only marked books), choose Subset from the View menu or click the Subset button on the toolbar.

•	To change the browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu.

•	You can resize the columns by dragging the column separators on the title row.

•	You can mark/unmark a book by clicking the checkbox at the far left of the Browse list.

•	While the list has the focus, you can type a letter to go to the first book where the first field in the active sort order begins with this letter.

•	Double click to activate the Book window.


Select this option to remove deleted books from the database.


Click this button to change the locate setting. This setting affects how information in the database is sorted.


Compacts the database and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without compacting the database.


Specifies the locale setting. This setting affects how information in the database is sorted.


Selects the new locale setting and closes the dialog box.

Notes

•	You must compact the database to activate the new locale setting.


Cancels without changing the locale setting.


Launches your e-mail client.


Launches your web browser.


The Database Navigator contains the following buttons:

New	Adds a new item to the table. You can also press Ctrl + N.

Delete	Deleted the selected item from the table.

Edit	Activates edit mode. You can also press Ctrl + E.

Save	Saves all changes. You can also press Ctrl + S.

Cancel	Cancels all changes. You can also press Ctrl + L.

First	Go to the first item. You can also press F5.

Previous	Go to the previous item. You can also press F6.

Next	Go to the next item. You can also press F7.

Last	Go to the last item. You can also press F8.

Search	Searches for the value in the Speed Search text box. This button is only visible when you have unselected Use AutoSearch in the Preferences dialog box.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Select this option if you want to automatically activate edit mode when you start typing or make any changes. If not, you have to click the Edit button or press Ctrl+E to be able to add or change any information.

Notes

•	This applies to the Book window, the Contents Edit window, and all dialog boxes where you specify lookup information.


Select this options if you want to confirm all modifications before they are written to the database.

Notes

•	This applies to the Book window, the Contents Edit window, and all dialog boxes where you specify lookup information.


Select this option if you want to confirm a cancel operation when you click the Cancel button or press Ctrl+L.

Notes

•	This applies to the Book window, the Contents Edit window, and all dialog boxes where you specify lookup information.

•	We recommend that you select this option. If not, you may loose all information you have specified if you click the Cancel button by mistake.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to make the first character in each word upper case as you type. This applies to all data fields, except the memo fields.

Notes

•	You can temporarily disable this by holding down F12 as you type.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to automatically show the drop-down part (the list box with the contents of the lookup table) of a drop-down list when you tab into the list and the field is empty.

Notes

•	This applies to the Book window, the Contents Edit window, and all dialog boxes where you specify lookup information.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to complete the text as you type. This applies to all drop-down lists linked to lookup tables, for example Type or Publisher. The AutoComplete feature suggests a match based on the contents of the lookup table.

Notes

•	This feature is only active when the drop-down list is closed. If the drop-down list is open (that is, if you see the list box with the contents of the lookup table), BookCAT uses the AutoSearch feature.

•	The update process may take some time if the lookup table contains many items and your machine is not that fast. Usually, this is not a problem and we recommend that you select this option.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to search in lookup lists as you type. This applies to all drop-down lists linked to lookup tables when the drop-down list is open (that is, if you see the list box with the contents of the lookup table), and list boxes that display information from lookup tables (when you type in the text box above the list box, for example in the Choose Author dialog box).

Notes

•	In drop-down lists, press Enter to choose the selected item.

•	The update process may take some time if the lookup table contains many items and your machine is not that fast. Usually, this is not a problem and we recommend that you select this option.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to display the Contents Template dialog box when you add the first section in a book. Contents templates allows you to specify information that is relevant to all sections (or most of the sections) in the book.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to convert all input in the Reference No field to upper case.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to check if the Reference number is already in use when you add a new book.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to check if you have already added this book (based on the name of the author and the book title).


Select this option if you want BookCAT to check if you have already added this book (based on the ISBN number).


BookCAT uses this value when calculating the New Book field (indicates whether the book is new or not). This is based on the Date Acquired field. By default, if it's less than 60 days since you acquired the book, New Book returns Yes. If not, it returns No.


Specify the number of days from today that BookCAT automatically adds to the Date Due field when you register a book as “on loan”. Default value is 30 days.


Specify the maximum number of items that BookCAT displays in a drop-down list that shows information from a lookup table. By default, 8 items are displayed.

If this value is larger than the number of items in the lookup table, the drop-down list will be just large enough to hold all the possible choices and no larger. If the value is smaller then the number of items in the lookup table, the drop-down list will display a scroll bar.


This list displays all words that BookCAT takes into account when updating Sort by fields. If the string you have typed starts with one of the words in this list, BookCAT removes it from the beginning of the string and adds it to the end. For example, if you type “The Hobbit” in the Title field, BookCAT adds “Hobbit, The” to the Sort by field.

By default, this list contains: “A”, “An”, “The”, “La”, “Le”, “Den” and “Det”.

Notes

•	This applies to the Book window, the Contents Edit window, and all dialog boxes where you specify lookup information.

•	BookCAT only updates the Sort by field if it is empty.


Press this button to add a new item to the list.


Press this button to delete the selected item from the list.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to automatically generate a new reference number when a new book is saved.


This list gives you an overview of the values BookCAT will base the next generated reference number on.

For example, if you have selected Start with letter, and are adding a book with a title that begins with "A", the generated number will be based on the number from the A row. If you have unselected Start with letter, BookCAT base the reference number on the value from the row where the Letter column is empty (the first row). After a reference number has been generated, BookCAT increases the number in the Next number column by 1.


Press this button to add a new item to the list.


Press this button to delete the selected item from the list.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to base the reference number on the first letter of the author name.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to base the reference number on the first letter of the book title.


Specify the number of digits in the reference number. For example, if you specify 5 digits, the generated number will be like this: 00012, 00013 and so on.

Notes

•	If you don't want to use leading zeros, just specify 1 in this field.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to use the first character of either Author (select Base on Author) or Title (select Base on Title) as the first character in the reference number.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to include the Author in the Contents window if it is different from the book author.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to include the Page From and Page To fields in the Contents window.


Specify the string that is used between the two last items in an “one-2-many” field when the field is included in a report or a browse list. By default, this is “ & “.

Notes

•	An one-2-many field is a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords.


Specify the string that is used between all items, except between the last two, in an one-2-many field when the field is included in a report or a browse list. By default, this is “, “.

Notes

•	An one-2-many field is a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to highlight all books "on loan" in the Browse window.


Specify the path to the external image viewer, for example Paint Shop Pro, that is activated when you want to view an image stored externally.


Press this button to choose the external image viewer.


Select this option if you never want to include the sections in the book when you use the Copy Book command.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to ask you whether you want to include the sections in the book when you use the Copy Book command.


Select this option if you always want to include the sections in the book when you use the Copy Book command.


Select this option if you want to active the Quick Search dialog box when you click the Search button on the toolbar.

Notes

•	You can also specify this by clicking on the Search button with the right mouse button and select from the popup menu.


Select this option if you want to active the Simple Search dialog box when you click the Search button on the toolbar.

Notes

•	You can also specify this by clicking on the Search button with the right mouse button and select from the popup menu.


Select this option if you want to active the Advanced Search dialog box when you click the Search button on the toolbar.

Notes

•	You can also specify this by clicking on the Search button with the right mouse button and select from the popup menu.


Select this option if you want to active the Summary Search dialog box when you click the Search button on the toolbar.

Notes

•	You can also specify this by clicking on the Search button with the right mouse button and select from the popup menu.


Select this option if you want to active the X-Ref dialog box when you click on Search button on the toolbar.

Notes

•	You can also specify this by clicking on the Search button with the right mouse button and select from the popup menu.


Select this option if you want to active the Global Search dialog box when you click the Search button on the toolbar.

Notes

•	You can also specify this by clicking on the Search button with the right mouse button and select from the popup menu.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to mark sections that were found when you search for sections, but want the books the sections are located in as the search result (when you select the Show books option). You can then choose Contents View from the Contents menu to get an overview of these sections (choose to show marked sections only).


Select this option if you want BookCAT to show how many books or sections that were found when you execute a search.


Select this option if you want to activate the Simple Filter dialog box when specifying a filter in reports.

Notes

•	You can also specify this by clicking on the Filter button with the right mouse button and select from the popup menu.


Select this option if you want to activate the Advanced Filter dialog box when specifying a filter in reports.

Notes

•	You can also specify this by clicking on the Filter button with the right mouse button and select from the popup menu.


Specify the path to your e-mail client.

Notes

•	If you do not specify this, BookCAT tries to use the default e-mail client as defined by Windows.


Press this button to choose e-mail client.


Specify the path to your web browser.

Notes

•	If you do not specify this, BookCAT tries to use the default web browser as defined by Windows.


Press this button to choose web browser.


To use a proxy when you select the Tool->Check for Update command to download information about the latest BookCAT version, specify the fully qualified hostname of the proxy server here. If this text box is empty, BookCAT will not use a proxy server.


To use a proxy when you select the Tool->Check for Update command to download information about the latest BookCAT version, specify the proxy port number here.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to ask whether you want to save the search criteria when you execute a search (Simple/Advanced Search and X-Ref).


This is the full size image.

Notes

•	To close the dialog box, press ESC or click on the close button (X) on the title bar.


This part of the dialog box contains comments about the image.


This is the full size image.


Select this option if you want to compress the image.

Notes

•	This only applies to BMP images as GIF and JPG images have ”built-in” compression.


Here you can add comments about the image.


This box gives you information about the type of image (BMP, GIF or JPG), and the width and height of the image.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Press this button to display the Load Image dialog box, where you can select an existing image file.


Press this button to display the Save Image dialog box, where you can specify a directory and file name in which to save the image.


Press this button to clear the image. When you click OK, the image is removed from the database.


Press this button to copy the image to the clipboard and then clear the image.

Notes

•	The image is always copied to the clipboard as JPG.


Press this button to copy the image to the clipboard.

Notes

•	The image is always copied to the clipboard as JPG.


Press this button to paste the image from the clipboard.

Notes

•	The image is always converted to the JPG format.


Use this text box to quickly locate an item in the list. As you type a value, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

Notes

•	This search is based on the Sort by field.

•	You must have activated Use AutoSearch in the Preferences dialog box for the speed search to work. If not, type the value and press the Search button.

•	Press Ctrl+Down arrow and Ctrl+Up arrow to go the next next/previous item.

•	Press Enter to activate the Details tab.


This list displays all items in the table. Click on the Details tab to modify the selected item.

Notes

•	While the list has the focus, you can type a letter to go to the first item that begins with this letter.


Press this button to close the dialog box.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Click this button to generate the Sort by value based on the "main" lookup value.

Notes

•	You can also press Ctrl + O.


Click this button to generate the "main" lookup value based on the Sort by value.

Notes

•	You can also press Ctrl + I.


Saves any changes and closes the dialog box.


This list displays the number of records in all tables. In addition, it includes the number of marked books and sections, and the number of books marked for deletion.


Here you can type any comments about the database.


This tab displays the name of the database, when it was created and by whom.


Select the lookup table you want to edit from this list box.


Press this button to edit the selected lookup table.


Press this button to close the dialog box.


Use this text box to quickly locate an item in the list. As you type a value, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

Notes

•	This search is based on the Sort by field.

•	You must have activated Use AutoSearch in the Preferences dialog box for the speed search to work. If not, type the value and press the Search button.

•	Press Ctrl+Down arrow and Ctrl+Up arrow to go the next next/previous item.

•	Press Ctrl+Right arrow to choose the selected item (that is, copy it to the list on the right).


This list displays all items in the table.

Notes

•	While the list has the focus, you can type a letter to go to the first item that begins with this letter.

•	Double click on an item or press Ctrl+Right arrow to choose it (that is, copy it to the list on the right).


Press this button to remove the select item from the list on the right.

Notes

•	You can also press Ctrl+Left arrow.


Press this button to choose the selected item in the list on the left.

Notes

•	You can also press Ctrl+Right arrow.


Press this button to move the selected item in the list on the right up one line.

Notes

•	You can also rearrange the items by using drag-and-drop.


Press this button to move the selected item in the list on the right up down line.

Notes

•	You can also rearrange the items by using drag-and-drop.


This list contains the items you have chosen.

Notes

•	You can rearrange the items by using drag-and-drop.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Use this text box to quickly locate an item in the list. As you type a value, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

Notes

•	This search is based on the Sort by field.

•	You must have activated Use AutoSearch in the Preferences dialog box for the speed search to work. If not, type the value and press the Search button.

•	Press Ctrl+Down arrow and Ctrl+Up arrow to go the next next/previous item.

•	Press Ctrl+Right arrow to choose the selected item (that is, copy it to the list on the right).


This list displays all items in the table.

Notes

•	While the list has the focus, you can type a letter to go to the first item that begins with this letter.

•	Double click on an item or press Ctrl+Right arrow to choose it (that is, copy it to the list on the right).


Press this button to remove the select item from the list on the right.

Notes

•	You can also press Ctrl+Left arrow.


Press this button to choose the selected item in the list on the left.

Notes

•	You can also press Ctrl+Right arrow.


Press this button to move the selected item in the list on the right up one line.

Notes

•	You can also rearrange the items by using drag-and-drop.


Press this button to move the selected item in the list on the right up down line.

Notes

•	You can also rearrange the items by using drag-and-drop.


This list contains the items you have chosen.

Notes

•	You can rearrange the items by using drag-and-drop.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Specify year the award/nomination was given.


Here you can specify more details about the award/nomination.


Use this text box to quickly locate an author in the list. As you type a value, BookCAT tries to locate a matching author in the list.

Notes

•	This search is based on the Sort by field.

•	You must have activated Use AutoSearch in the Preferences dialog box for the speed search to work. If not, type the value and press the Search button.

•	Press Ctrl+Down arrow and Ctrl+Up arrow to go the next next/previous author.

•	Press Ctrl+Right arrow to choose the selected author (that is, copy him/her to the list on the right).


This list displays all authors in the table.

Notes

•	While the list has the focus, you can type a letter to go to the first author whose name begins with this letter.

•	Double click on an author or press Ctrl+Right arrow to choose the selected author (that is, copy him/her to the list on the right).


Press this button to remove the select author from the list on the right.

Notes

•	You can also press Ctrl+Left arrow.


Press this button to choose the selected author in the list on the left.

Notes

•	You can also press Ctrl+Right arrow.


Press this button to move the selected author in the list on the right up one line.

Notes

•	You can also rearrange the authors by using drag-and-drop.


Press this button to move the selected author in the list on the right up down line.

Notes

•	You can also rearrange the authors by using drag-and-drop.


This list contains the authors you have chosen.

BookCAT allows you to link each author to one of six author categories:

•	Main Author (this is the default category)

•	Co-Author (C)

•	Ghostwriter (G)

•	Contributor (T)

•	Pseudonym (P)

•	Editor (E) - (only books, not sections)

To specify author category, simply click with the right mouse button on the list and choose the category from the popup menu.

Notes

•	If the six author categories are not visible on the popup menu, you will have to use the Field Wizard (choose Field Definitions from the Tools menu and click the Wizard button) to activate the following fields: Main Author, Co-Author, Ghostwriter, Contributor, Pseudonym and Editor.

•	If you don't specify a category, BookCAT links the author to the default category (Main Author).

•	You can rearrange the authors by using drag-and-drop.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Choose the section you want to activate.

Notes

•	You can also double click on the section to activate it.


Activates the selected section and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Type the name of the borrower or select it from the list. To bring up the New Borrower dialog box where you can specify contact information and comments, press Ctrl + W.


The date the book was borrowed. Today's date is automatically used, but you may change this if you want.


The day the book should be returned, as the latest.

Notes

•	In the Preferences dialog box, you can specify the number of days from today that BookCAT automatically adds to this field.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Specify the date the book was returned.


Registers the book as "returned".


Closes the dialog box.


This list displays information from the Loan Transaction table. To register a book as returned, choose Returned from the File menu or click the Returned button on the toolbar.

Notes

•	You can change the sort order by choosing Sort from the View menu.

•	If you want to limit what books that are displayed, choose Filter from the View menu or click the View button on the toolbar.


The statusbar displays information about the selected menu option, the toolbar button the mouse pointer is over or the procedure currently being performed.


Specify the start date in the date interval. All books in the Loan Transaction table borrowed in the specified date interval are deleted when you choose OK.


Specify the end date in the date interval. All books in the Loan Transaction table borrowed in the specified date interval are deleted when you choose OK.


Closes the dialog box and deletes all books in the Loan Transaction table borrowed in the specified date interval.


Closes the dialog box without deleting anything.


If you want to create a filter based on Borrower, specify the borrower here.


If you want to create a filter based on Borrower Category, specify the category here.


If you want to create a filter based on Date Borrowed, specify the start date here.


If you want to create a filter based on Date Borrowed, specify the end date here.


If you want to create a filter based on Date Due, specify the start date here.


If you want to create a filter based on Date Due, specify the end date here.


Select this option if you want to include books that are returned.


Press this button to activate the specified filter.


Press this button to close the dialog box without changing the active filter.


Press this button to clear to active filter.


Use this text box to quickly locate an item in the list. As you type a value, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

Notes

•	You must have activated Use AutoSearch in the Preferences dialog box for the speed search to work. If not, type the value and press the Search button.


This list displays all items in the table.

Notes

•	While the list has the focus, you can type a letter to go to the first item that begins with this letter.

•	Double click on an item to choose it.


Chooses the selected item and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Select the table you want to modify from this list. The Book and the Contents table are always listed first, the rest of the tables are listed alphabetically (sorted by default name). Notice how the title bar of the dialog box is updated when you select a new table. The list has four columns:

Default Name	The table’s default name.

Use	Specify whether you want to use this table or not (select Yes or No from the drop-down list). The table will then disappear from all windows, menus, lists etc.

Name	Specify the name you want to give the table.

Show Sort by	Specify whether you want to show the Sort by field or not in lists linked to this lookup table. This is most useful for Person and Borrower since these tables contain names.


Select the field you want to modify from this list. The fields are always listed alphabetically (sorted on default name). The title bar of the dialog box indicates the active table. The list has five columns:

Default Name	The field’s default name.

Use	Specify whether you want to use this field or not (select Yes or No from the drop-down list). The field will then disappear from all windows, menus, lists etc.

Name	Specify the name you want to give the field.

Group	Specify the group you want to add the field to. The group is used in lists where you choose a field, for example when defining a browse layout, a sort order or when searching. By default, the group corresponds to the tab the field is located on (in the data entry window).

Default Value	Specify the default value. The default value is automatically used when you add a new book or section. For example, if most of the books you want to register are purchased this year, you can specify 1999 as the default value for Date Acquired.

Year Only	Select this option if you do not want to specify month and year for a date field.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Activates the Data Field Wizard that helps you choose the fields you want to use.


Select this option to show only tables/fields that are in use.

Notes

•	This is very useful if you only use a few fields and want to modify field names, groups or default values. However, if this option is selected, you can not activate new tables/fields.


Specify the percentage you want to adjust the price/value by.


Select this option if you only want to modify marked books.


Adjusts the price/value and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without updating the price/value.


The total price and value, and the change in value (difference between price and value).


Closes the dialog box.


Lists all available browse layouts.

Notes

•	You cannot delete or edit the default browse layout (always the first layout in the list).

•	Double click a layout to activate it.


Add	Press this button to add a new browse layout.

Copy	Press this button to add a new browse layout that is a copy of the selected layout.

Delete	Press this button to delete the selected browse layout.

Edit	Press this button to edit the selected browse layout.

Notes

•	You cannot delete or edit the default browse layout (always the first layout in the list).


Press this button to close the dialog box without changing the active browse layout.


Press this button to close the dialog box and activate the selected browse layout.


Specify the layout title. Each layout title must be unique.


Select this option if you want to show the title in the browse window.


Press this button to specify the font that is used for this layout.

Notes

•	Only the font name and font size is used. You specify the font style (bold or italic) for each column.


Lists the available fields.


Press this button to remove the selected column from the list on the right.


Press this button to choose the selected field in the list on the left.


Press this button to move the selected column up one line.


Press this button to move the selected column down one line.


Lists the chosen columns.

Notes

•	You can rearrange the columns by using drag and drop.


Specify the with of the column in pixels.

Notes

•	In the browse window, you can resize the columns by dragging the column separators on the title row.


Activates the previous column.


Activates the next column.


Specify the title that is shown on the title row.

Notes

•	When you add a new column, the title is by default the field name.


Specify the text alignment on the title row.


Select this option if you want the text in bold.


Select this option if you want the text in italic.


Select this option if you want to use the default text color (defined in Control Panel).


Press this button to specify text color.


Specify the text alignment.


Select this option if you want the text in bold.


Select this option if you want the text in italic.


Select this option if you want to use the default text color (defined in Control Panel).


Press this button to specify text color.


Select this option if you want to use the default background color (defined in Control Panel).


Press this button to specify background color.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Lists all available sort orders.

Notes

•	You cannot delete or edit the default sort order (always the first sort order in the list).

•	Double click a sort order to activate it.


Add	Press this button to add a new sort order.

Copy	Press this button to add a new sort order that is a copy of the selected sort order.

Delete	Press this button to delete the selected sort order.

Edit	Press this button to edit the selected sort order.

Notes

•	You cannot delete or edit the default sort order (always the first sort order in the list).


Press this button to close the dialog box without changing the active sort order.


Press this button to close the dialog box and activate the selected sort order.


Specify the sort order title. Each title must be unique.


Lists the available fields.


Press this button to remove the selected field from the list on the right.


Press this button to choose the selected field in the list on the left.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right up one line.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right down one line.


Lists the fields the sort order is based on.

Notes

•	You can rearrange the fields by using drag and drop.


Letters are sorted from A to Z and numbers from 0 to 9.

Notes

•	This setting affects the selected field in the list above.


Letters are sorted from Z to A and numbers from 9 to 0.

Notes

•	This setting affects the selected field in the list above.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Select a field to base the filter on. You can use a filter to limit the entries that are included in the view.

Notes

•	Only date fields and fields linked to lookup tables are available.

•	To clear the filter, click with the right mouse button and choose Clear from the popup menu.


Displays all possible filter values.

Notes

•	The label above this list shows the active filter value.

•	While the list has the focus, you can type a letter to go to the first item that begins with this letter.

•	To update the view, double click on the value you want to use.


Select the field to base group 1 on.

Notes

•	Only date fields and fields linked to lookup tables are available.

•	To update the view, choose Refresh from the View menu or click the Refresh button on the toolbar.

•	To remove the selected field, click with the right mouse button and choose Clear from the popup menu.


Select the field to base group 2 on.

Notes

•	Only date fields and fields linked to lookup tables are available.

•	To update the view, choose Refresh from the View menu or click the Refresh button on the toolbar.

•	To remove the selected field, click with the right mouse button and choose Clear from the popup menu.


Select the field to base group 3 on.

Notes

•	Only date fields and fields linked to lookup tables are available.

•	To update the view, choose Refresh from the View menu or click the Refresh button on the toolbar.

•	To remove the selected field, click with the right mouse button and choose Clear from the popup menu.


Displays the result of the view.

Notes

•	To update the view, choose Refresh from the View menu or click the Refresh button on the toolbar.

•	If you create a book view, you may want to unselect the Include Contents option. This speeds up the update process.

•	If you want more details about the selected entry (book, section or lookup item), click with the right mouse button and choose Show Details from the popup menu.


The statusbar displays information about the selected menu option, the toolbar button the mouse pointer is over or the procedure currently being performed.


Select the type of statistics from this list.


Select this option if you want to sort on the item value.


Select this option if you want to sort on the number of occurrences.


Letters are sorted from A to Z and numbers from 0 to 9.


Letters are sorted from Z to A and numbers from 9 to 0.


Specify start date.


Specify end date.


Specify the from value.


Specify the to value.


Select this option you want to ignore lookup items that are not used.


Select this options if you want to include only the specified number of entries.


Specify the number of entries you want to include.


Specify start year.


Specify end year.


Specify year.


Displays the statistical details.


Select this option if you want to include the legend in the graph.


Press this button to zoom the graph.


Press this button to copy the graph to the clipboard.


Press this button to print the graph.


Closes the dialog box.


This window displays a list of the sections in the database. The sections are shown without regard to the book in which they are located.

Notes

•	To edit the selected section, double click it, choose Edit from the Contents menu or click the Edit button on the toolbar.

•	To view only the subset (that is, only marked sections), choose Subset from the View menu or click the Subset button on the toolbar.

•	To change the browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu.

•	You can resize the columns by dragging the column separators on the title row.

•	You can mark/unmark a section by clicking the checkbox at the far left of the list.

•	While the list has the focus, you can type a letter to go to the first section where the first field in the active sort order begins with this letter.


The statusbar contains three sections:

1.	Section number. The sections are numbered according to their position in the list. The first section is number 1, the second number 2 and so on.

2.	Marked sections / Total number of sections. This section shows how many sections the database contains, and how many of these that are marked. For example, if you have added 245 sections and 92 sections are marked, the statusbar will display 92 / 245.

3.	Information. The last section on the statusbar displays additional information, for example about the selected menu option, the toolbar button the mouse pointer is over or the procedure currently being performed.


Specify book title. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify author. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify type. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify publish date. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.

Notes

•	You must specify two values for this field. BookCAT searches for all books published between these two dates.


Specify publish date. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.

Notes

•	You must specify two values for this field. BookCAT searches for all books published between these two dates.


Specify publisher. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify binding. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify country. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify condition. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify date acquired. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.

Notes

•	You must specify two values for this field. BookCAT searches for all books acquired between these two dates.


Specify date acquired. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.

Notes

•	You must specify two values for this field. BookCAT searches for all books acquired between these two dates.


Specify category. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify sub-category. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Select this option if you only want to search the subset (that is, only marked books).


Select this option if you want BookCAT to mark all books that are found during the search and then show these books (that is, activate the View Subset command). If not, BookCAT only shows the first book that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu to show the next book.


Executes the search and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Specify title. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify author. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify type. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Specify keyword. Leave the field empty if you don’t want to include it in the search.


Select this option if you only want to search the subset (that is, only marked sections).


Select this option if you want BookCAT to mark all sections that are found during the search and then show these sections (that is, activate the Contents View command). If not, BookCAT only shows the first section that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu to show the next section.


Select this option if you want the books the sections are located in as the search result.


Executes the search and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Lists all entries found in the last search.

Notes

•	Double click an entry to activate it.


Closes the dialog box and activates the selected entry.


Closes the dialog box.


Select field from this list.


Select operator from this list.

Notes

•	An operator is used to compare the value of the selected field with the value you specify when you search or use a filter in reports.


Displays all unique values in the selected field.


Select this option if you only want to search the subset (that is, only marked entries).

Notes

•	”Entries” could be both books and sections.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to mark all entries that are found during the search and then show these entries. If not, BookCAT only shows the first entry that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu to show the next entry.

Notes

•	”Entries” could be both books and sections.


Select this option if you want the books the sections are located in as the search result.


Executes the search/selects the value and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Sorts items in the list by field value (column 2).


Sorts items in the list by number of occurrences (column 1).


Select this option if you want to ignore day and month in date fields.


Letters are sorted from A to Z and numbers from 0 to 9.


Letters are sorted from Z to A and numbers from 9 to 0.


The statusbar displays information about the selected menu option, the toolbar button the mouse pointer is over or the procedure currently being performed.


Select field from this list.

Notes

•	To clear the field, click with the right mouse button and choose Clear from the popup menu.


Select operator. The following operators are available:

=	Is equal to

>=	Is greater than or equal to

<= 	Is less than or equal to

Notes

•	An operator is used to compare the value of the selected field with the value you specify when you search or use a filter in reports.

•	If you want to execute a search based on the cross references, you should set the operator to >=. This is because BookCAT compares the field value with the operator when the search is executed. For example, if you create a cross reference that shows all books written by an author, and you want to search for all these books, you need to select the first book title and then select the operator >= before the search is executed. If you don't do this, BookCAT thinks you want to search for just the book that is selected in the list since the operator is set to =.


This list displays the result of the x-ref.

Notes

•	The label above this list shows the active value.

•	While the list has the focus, you can type a letter to go to the first item that begins with this letter.

•	To update the x-ref, choose Refresh from the View menu or click the Refresh button on the toolbar.

•	While the list has the focus, press Enter to update the x-ref.

•	If you want more details about the selected entry (book, section or lookup item), click with the right mouse button and choose Show Details from the popup menu.


Specify the value you want to search for.


Search the Book table only.


Search the Contents table only.


Search in both the Book table and the Contents table.


Select this option if you only want to search the subset (that is, only marked entries).

Notes

•	”Entries” could be both books and sections.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to mark all entries that are found during the search and then show these entries. If not, BookCAT only shows the first entry that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu to show the next entry.

Notes

•	”Entries” could be both books and sections.


Select this option if you want the books the sections are located in as the search result.


Executes the search and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Select operator from this list.


Select field from this list.


Specify the value to replace.


Specify the new value.


Select this option if you want only to include the subset (that is, marked books or sections) in the replace process.


Executes the replace process and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Select field from this list.

Notes

•	To clear the field, click with the right mouse button and choose Clear from the popup menu.


Select operator from this list.

Notes

•	An operator is used to compare the value of the selected field with the value you specify when you search or use a filter in reports.


Specify the value to search for.

Notes

•	BookCAT supports use of wildcards (? and *) for text fields. You can only use wildcards in relation with the operators Contains and Does not contain. A wildcard is a character that substitutes for and enables a match by any of the characters or set of characters in its place. The question mark can be thought of as a special character that means replace me with any character you like. The asterisk can be thought of as a special character that means replace me with none or more occurrences of any character you like.


Specify the value to search for.

Notes

•	This field is only available when you use the operators Between or Not Between.


Select this option to combine the two fields with the logical operator AND.

Notes

•	The logical operator is only used when you search in two fields.


Select this option to combine the two fields with the logical operator OR.

Notes

•	The logical operator is only used when you search in two fields.


Press this button to choose a field value.


Lists the search criteria.

Notes

•	Double click on an item to edit.

•	You can combine an unlimited number of fields.

•	You can use the logical operator OR to link two fields (press the OR button to add the OR operator). Two fields on two lines next to each other are grouped by the logical operator AND.


Adds a new field.


Edits the selected field.


Adds the logical operator OR.


Adds a left parenthesis.


Adds a right parenthesis.


Removes the selected item from the list.


Select field from this list.


Select operator from this list.

Notes

•	An operator is used to compare the value of the selected field with the value you specify when you search or use a filter in reports.


Specify the value to search for.

Notes

•	BookCAT supports use of wildcards (? and *) for text fields. You can only use wildcards in relation with the operators Contains and Does not contain. A wildcard is a character that substitutes for and enables a match by any of the characters or set of characters in its place. The question mark can be thought of as a special character that means replace me with any character you like. The asterisk can be thought of as a special character that means replace me with none or more occurrences of any character you like.


Specify the value to search for.

Notes

•	This field is only available when you use the operators Between or Not Between.


Press this button to choose a field value.


Activates the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Select the sections you want to assign the template to.

Notes

•	To select more than one section, hold down Ctrl while you click.

•	To select all sections, click with the right mouse button and choose Select All from the popup menu.


Select this option to keep all information that is already registered for the selected sections. In not, BookCAT deletes all information in “one-2-many” fields before the template is assigned (only if the field in the template contains one or more items).

Notes

•	Be careful, if you unselect this option you may loose information you did not intend to delete.

•	An one-2-many field is a field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords.

•	This option only applies to so-called ”one-2-many” fields. All other fields are ignored unless they contain something.


Assigns the template to the selected sections and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without using the template.


Creates a database with the following fields in use:

Book table	Title, Author, Type, Reference No, Publish Date, Pages, Sort by, Subtitle, Publisher, ISBN, Status, Category, Location, Comments, Image 1, Image 2 and Image 3.

Contents table	Title, Author, Type, Page From, Page To, Sort by and Comments.


Creates a database with all fields in use, except the internal fields (Deleted, Image Type, Image Compressed etc.).


Creates a database with all fields in use.


Select this option if you want BookCAT to add default items to the lookup tables (for example Type and Country). If this option is not selected, all lookup tables will be empty.


Specifies the locale setting. This setting affects how information in the database is sorted.


Creates the new database using the selected field level.


Closes the dialog box. A new database is not created.


Activates the Data Field Wizard that helps you choose the fields you want to use and then creates the new database.


Creates the new database using the database you specify as a template. The locale setting and field definitions from this database are copied to the new database.


The statusbar displays information about the selected menu option, the toolbar button the mouse pointer is over or the procedure currently being performed.


Select the band from this list.


Chooses the selected band and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Lists all the available fields.

Notes

•	Double click on a field to choose it.


Closes the dialog box and adds the field to the report.


Closes the dialog box.


Select object from this list.


Chooses the selected object and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box.


Select field from this list.


Type the string that is printed before the field value.


Type the string that is printed after the field value.


Select this option to add a line feed after this field (that is, the next field is printed on the line below).


Select this option to ignore this field if it is empty.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Specify default left margin for new reports.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify default right margin for new reports.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify default top margin for new reports.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify default bottom margin for new reports.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Specify the name of the printer which will be used to print the report.


Specify the name of the paper on which the report will be printed.

Notes

•	You can specify default paper size (A4 or Letter) by choosing Default Paper Size from the File menu in the Report Designer.


Specify the width of the paper. Unless you are working with custom paper sizes, you will not need to specify this value.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the height of the paper. Unless you are working with custom paper sizes, you will not need to specify this value.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the name of the bin (paper tray) containing the paper on which the report will be printed.


The report prints vertically on the page.


The report prints horizontally on the page.


Specify the left margin.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.

•	To specify default margins for new reports, choose Default Margins from the File menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the right margin.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.

•	To specify default margins for new reports, choose Default Margins from the File menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the top margin.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.

•	To specify default margins for new reports, choose Default Margins from the File menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the bottom margin.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.

•	To specify default margins for new reports, choose Default Margins from the File menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the number of columns (1 - 9) you want to print.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Default paper size is A4.


Default paper size is Letter.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Sets grid spacing in pixels along the x-axis. Specify a higher number to increase grid spacing.

Notes

•	The grid is not visible.


Sets grid spacing in pixels along the y-axis. Specify a higher number to increase grid spacing.

Notes

•	The grid is not visible.


Automatically aligns objects with the nearest gridline. You cannot place an object "in between" gridlines.

Notes

•	The grid is not visible.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Select the field to base the group on from this drop-down list.

Notes

•	A group break occurs each time the value of this field changes. When a group break occurs, the corresponding group header and group footer will print.

•	To clear the field, click with the right mouse button and choose Clear from the popup menu.


Select this option if you want to add this field to the sort order (recommended).

Notes

•	This field takes precedence over the fields you specify with the Edit Sort Order command.


Select this option to start a new page each time a group break occurs.

Notes

•	A group break occurs each time the value of the group field changes. When a group break occurs, the corresponding group header and group footer will print.


Select this option to start a new column each time a group break occurs.

Notes

•	This settings only applies to reports with more than one column.

•	A group break occurs each time the value of the group field changes. When a group break occurs, the corresponding group header and group footer will print.


Select this option to specify that the group header band should print again when the detail bands overflows onto the next column.

Notes

•	This settings only applies to reports with more than one column.


Select this option to specify that the group header band should print again when the detail bands overflows onto the next page.


Specify the minimum amount of space which must exist below a group header band in order for it to print on the current column/page. If this amount of space is not available, the group header will print on the next column/page.


Prints year, month and date.


Prints year and month.


Prints year only.


Specify the maximum number of characters to use in the group value.

Notes

•	A value of 0 indicates that there is no limit on the length.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Type the text to include in the Text object.

Notes

•	Use the code <date> to make BookCAT insert the current date when the report is printed.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


This tab displays the name and type of the report, when it was created and by whom.


Here you can type any comments about the report.


Closes the dialog box.


Creates a book report. A book report prints information from the Book table. If you want, you can also include all sections in the book in the order they appear in the book.


Creates a contents report. A contents report prints information from the Contents table (a book can contain multiple sections, for example chapters, short stories or individual essays). The sections are printed without regard to the book in which they are located. If you want, you can also include information about the book (for example Reference No or Location).


Creates a loan transaction report. A loan transaction report prints information based on the Loan Transaction table, that is, books that are or have been “on loan”. You can include information from the Book table (Title, Author, ISBN etc.), the Loan Transaction table (Date Borrowed, Date Due, Date Returned etc.) and the Borrower table (Name, Address, Phone, Fax etc.).


Creates a lookup report. A lookup report prints information from the chosen lookup table. This type of report is very useful when you want an overview of the contents of a lookup table.


Select the lookup table to base the report on.


Creates a new report of the specified type.


Closes the dialog box.


Specify the name of the printer which will be used to print the report.


Specify the name of the paper on which the report will be printed.

Notes

•	You can specify default paper size (A4 or Letter) by choosing Default Paper Size from the File menu in the Report Designer.


Specify the width of the paper. Unless you are working with custom paper sizes, you will not need to specify this value.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the height of the paper. Unless you are working with custom paper sizes, you will not need to specify this value.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the name of the bin (paper tray) containing the paper on which the report will be printed.


The report prints vertically on the page.


The report prints horizontally on the page.


Specify the left margin.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.

•	To specify default margins for new reports, choose Default Margins from the File menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the right margin.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.

•	To specify default margins for new reports, choose Default Margins from the File menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the top margin.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.

•	To specify default margins for new reports, choose Default Margins from the File menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the bottom margin.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.

•	To specify default margins for new reports, choose Default Margins from the File menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the number of columns (1 - 9) you want to print.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Specify the horizontal coordinate of the left edge of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the vertical coordinate of the top edge of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the width of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the height of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Specify the horizontal coordinate of the left edge of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the vertical coordinate of the top edge of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the width of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the height of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Specify the width of the image in percent of original width.


Specify the height of the image in percent of original height.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Specify the horizontal coordinate of the left edge of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the vertical coordinate of the top edge of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the width of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Specify the height of the object.

Notes

•	To change the units of measurement (inches or centimeters), choose Units from the View menu in the Report Designer window.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Specify the width of the image in pixels.


Specify the height of the image in pixels.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Press this button to specify the database to transfer information from.


Specify the name of the database to transfer information from. Default extension is mdb.


Press this button to swap the two databases.


Press this button to specify the database to transfer information to.

Notes

•	If this database does not exist, BookCAT creates it.


Specify the name of the database to transfer information to. Default extension is mdb.


Select the lookup tables you want to transfer.

Notes

•	To select or deselect a table, simply click on it.

•	To select or deselect more than one table, hold down Ctrl while you click.

•	To select all tables, click with the right mouse button and choose Select All from the popup menu.

•	To deselect all tables, click with the right mouse button and choose Deselect All from the popup menu.


Select this option if you want to transfer books.


Select this option to transfer all books.


Select this option to transfer marked books only.


Select this option to transfer the selected lookup tables.


Select this option to transfer field definitions.

Notes

•	Field definitions in the ”To” database will be overwritten.


Select this option to transfer browse layouts.

Notes

•	If a browse layout with the same name already exists in the ”To” database, the layout is not transferred.


Select this option to transfer sort orders.

Notes

•	If a sort order with the same name already exists in the ”To” database, the sort order is not transferred.


Transfers the specified information and closes the dialog box when completed.


Closes the dialog box.


Select this option to use Comma as the separator between fields.


Select this option to use Tab as the separator between fields.


Select this option if you want to export marked books/sections only.


Lists all available fields.


Press this button to remove the selected field from the list on the right.


Press this button to choose the selected field in the list on the left.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right up one line.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right down one line.


Lists the chosen fields.

Notes

•	Use the item called <dummy> to have BookCAT add an empty string in this position.

•	You can rearrange the fields by using drag and drop.


Press this button to specify the file to export book data to.


Specify the name of the file to export book data to. Default extension is txt.


Lists all available fields.


Press this button to remove the selected field from the list on the right.


Press this button to choose the selected field in the list on the left.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right up one line.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right down one line.


Lists the chosen fields.

Notes

•	Use the item called <dummy> to have BookCAT add an empty string in this position.

•	You can rearrange the fields by using drag and drop.


Press this button to specify the file to export contents data to.


Specify the name of the file to export contents data to. Default extension is txt.


Starts the export process and closes the dialog box when completed.


Closes the dialog box.


Saves the settings.


Clears the settings.


Select the folder you want to backup the database to.

Notes

•	You can only have one database backup per folder.


Select the drive you want to backup the database to.


Starts the backup process and closes the dialog box when completed.


Closes the dialog box without backing up the database.


Select this option to compress the database. When using compression the database may occupy as little as ¼ of the original size.


Select this option to verify that the backup is OK.


Select the folder to restore the backup from.


Select the drive to restore the backup from.


Select the folder to restore the backup to.


Select the drive to restore the backup to.


Starts the restore process and closes the dialog box when completed.


Closes the dialog box.


Displays information about the chosen entry.


Closes the dialog box.


Select this option if Comma is used as the separator between fields.


Select this option if Tab is used as the separator between fields.


Lists all available fields.


Press this button to remove the selected field from the list on the right.


Press this button to choose the selected field in the list on the left.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right up one line.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right down one line.


Lists the chosen fields. These fields corresponds to the physical order of the data fields in the Ascii-file.

Notes

•	Use the item called <dummy> to specify that a field from the Ascii-file should not be imported.

•	You can rearrange the fields by using drag and drop.


Press this button to specify the file to import book data from.


Specify the name of the file to import book data from. Default extension is txt.


Lists all available fields.


Press this button to remove the selected field from the list on the right.


Press this button to choose the selected field in the list on the left.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right up one line.


Press this button to move the selected field in the list on the right down one line.


Lists the chosen fields. These fields corresponds to the physical order of the data fields in the Ascii-file.

Notes

•	Use the item called <dummy> to specify that a field from the Ascii-file should not be imported.

•	You can rearrange the fields by using drag and drop.


Press this button to specify the file to import contents data from.


Specify the name of the file to import contents data from. Default extension is txt.


Starts the import process and closes the dialog box when completed.


Closes the dialog box.


Saves the settings.


Clears the settings.


Select the fields that are used to link book and contents data. If you do not want to import contents data, simply ignore these drop-down lists.


Select the fields that are used to link book and contents data. If you do not want to import contents data, simply ignore these drop-down lists.


Select this option to exclude the first line of the Ascii file. This is useful if the first line is a header (for example, if it contains the field names).


Displays the contents of the report menu.

Notes

•	You can rearrange the menu items by using drag and drop.

•	To move the selected item up one position, click with the right mouse button and choose Move Up from the popup menu.

•	To move the selected item up down one position, click with the right mouse button and choose Move Up from the popup menu.


Press this button to add a new item to the report menu.


Press this button to edit the selected menu item.


Press this button to remove the selected menu item.

Notes

•	When you remove a report item, BookCAT will not delete the report file.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Select this option if the menu item is a heading.

Notes

•	A heading item can contain an unlimited number of sub-items, and is useful for grouping the contents of the menu.


Select this option if the menu item is a separator.

Notes

•	A separator is a line that separates the menu into parts.


Select this option if the menu item is a report.


Select this option to print the report when the menu item is chosen.


Select this option to preview the report when the menu item is chosen.


Select this option to show the Report Options dialog box when the menu item is chosen.

Notes

•	In the Report Options dialog box you can change the filter and the sort order, and choose whether the report should be printed or previewed.


Select this option to open the report in the Report Designer with the report loaded when the menu item is chosen.


Type the title of the menu item. The title is displayed in the menu.

Notes

•	To add an accelerator character, include an ampersand (&) before the character. For example, &Overview will be displayed as Overview in the menu. You can then press O to active it when the menu is opened.


Specify the report file name, including the path.


Press this button to select the report file.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Select this option to send the report to the printer.


Select this option to preview the report in the preview window.


Select this option to include all entries in the report.


Select this option to include only marked entries in the report.


Select this option to let the filter specify what entries to include in the report.


Press this button to edit the filter.

Notes

•	You must select Include / Filter to activate the filter.

•	The new filter is not saved when you close the dialog box.


Press this button to edit the sort order.

Notes

•	The new sort order is not saved when you close the dialog box.


Prints the report.


Closes the dialog box.


Activates the previous page.


Activates the next page.


Creates the new database.


Activates the changes.


Closes the wizard.


Specify the name of the HTML document to be generated. Default extension is htm.


Press this button to specify the name of the HTML document to be generated.


The document title. This title appears on the browser's title bar when you view the document in a Web browser.


Type the heading that is displayed at the top of the page.

Notes

•	Use the code <date> to make BookCAT insert the current date when the document is generated.


The full URL of your home page. BookCAT will embed Back to Home Page with this reference at the bottom of the document.


Press this button to specify a background color for the page.


Press this button to specify a text color for the page.


Press this button to specify a hyperlink color for the page.


Press this button to specify a visited hyperlink color for the page.


Press this button to specify an active hyperlink color for the page.


Select this option to use the default background color for the page.

Notes

•	The default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Select this option to use the default text color for the page.

Notes

•	The default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Select this option to use the default hyperlink color for the page.

Notes

•	The default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Select this option to use the default visited hyperlink color for the page.

Notes

•	The default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Select this option to use the default active hyperlink color for the page.

Notes

•	The default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Positions the table on the left side of the page.


Positions the table in the center of the page.


Positions the table on the right side of the page.


Type a number, in pixels, to add a border around the table. The default border size is one.

Notes

•	A border width of zero means that no table border will appear when you view the document in a Web browser.

•	To adjust the space around each cell in the table, use the Cell padding field.


Type a number, in pixels, to set the space between the contents and inside edges of cells. You can only set the cell padding for the entire table. The default cell padding is one.


Type a number, in pixels, to set the spacing of the cells in the table. Cell spacing determines how much space is placed between all the cells in the table. You can only set the cell spacing for the entire table. The default cell spacing is two.


Select this option to specify a minimum width for the table. If you do not specify a width, a Web browser might resize the table and change how the contents of cells fit within the cells.


Type the width of the table, in either pixels or percent.


Select this option, then type the width of the table, in pixels. The table will not scale with the size of a Web browser’s window, regardless of how a user resizes the window.


Select this option, then type a percentage for the width of the table in a Web browser’s window. For example, if you specify 50 percent, the table will span 50 percent of a Web browser’s window, regardless of how a user resizes the window. When you specify a percentage width for the table, the width of each cell in the table is the same. The default table width is 100 percent of the window.


Select this option if you want to include a header row in the table.


Press this button to specify a background color for the table.


Press this button to specify a text color for the table.


Select this option to use the default background color for the table.

Notes

•	If you have specified a background color for the page, that color is used. If not, the default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Select this option to use the default text color for the table.

Notes

•	If you have specified a text color for the page, that color is used. If not, the default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Lists the available fields.


Press this button to remove the selected column from the list on the right.


Press this button to choose the selected field in the list on the left.


Press this button to move the selected column up one line.


Press this button to move the selected column down one line.


Lists the chosen columns.

Notes

•	You can rearrange the columns by using drag and drop.


Select this option to specify a width for the column. To achieve as consistent and predictable display of a table as possible, avoid specifying the width of a column to be larger than the width of a table.


Specify the width of the column, in either pixels or percent.


Select this option, then type the width of the column, in pixels.


Select this option, then type a percentage for the width of the column. For example, if you specify 5 percent, the column will span 5 percent of the table width.


Activates the previous column.


Activates the next column.


Type the text that is displayed on the first row in the table.

Notes

•	Make sure the Header row check box is selected on the Table tab.


Press this button to specify a background color for the column header.


Press this button to specify a text color for the column header.


Select this option to use the default background color for the column header.

Notes

•	If you have specified a background color for the table or page, that color is used. If not, the default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Select this option to use the default text color for the column header.

Notes

•	If you have specified a text color for the table or page, that color is used. If not, the default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Select this option if you want to use the italic font style on the heading.


Select this option if you want to underline the heading.


Press this button to specify a background color for the column.


Press this button to specify a text color for the column.


Select this option to use the default background color for the column.

Notes

•	If you have specified a background color for the table or page, that color is used. If not, the default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Select this option to use the default text color for the column.

Notes

•	If you have specified a text color for the table or page, that color is used. If not, the default color is defined by the Web browser you view the document in.


Select this option if you want to use the bold font style on the text in the column.


Select this option if you want to use the italic font style on the text in the column.


Select this option if you want to underline to text in the column.


Aligns the contents of the column on the left side of the column.

Note

•	The heading is always centered.


Aligns the contents of the column in the center of the column.

Note

•	The heading is always centered.


Aligns the contents of the column on the right side of the column.

Note

•	The heading is always centered.


Aligns the contents of the column at the top of each row.


Aligns the contents of the column in the middle of each row.


Aligns the contents of the column at the bottom of each row.


Select this option to suppress the value of the data field if it is identical to the value on the row above. When the value is suppressed, the cell is empty.


Specify the maximum number of characters in the column.

Notes

•	A value of 0 indicates that there is no limit on the length.


Lists all chapters. To modify a chapters, first select it from this list then modify the fields below.

Notes

•	You can rearrange the chapters by using drag-and-drop.


The title of the chapter. Maximum length is 150 characters.


The first page.


The last page.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Adds a new chapter.


Deletes the selected chapter.


Displays the version history.


Click this button to go to our web site to download the latest version.


Click this button to close the dialog box.


Types of information

BookCAT stores four basic types of information:

•	Book information, such as author, title, publish date, publisher, ISBN, etc. “Book” is a general term that can mean a book, newspaper, magazine, etc.

•	Contents information (sections), such as author, title, page from, page to, keywords, etc. “Contents” is a general term for any work (chapters, short stories, individual essays, etc) contained within the book (a book can contain multiple sections). It's up to you whether you want to register contents information or not. For most books you will probably not want to do this, but this feature can be extremely useful in certain situations (for example if the book contains multiple short stories by various authors).

•	Lookup information, that you add once and then reuse later. The Person lookup table is a good example. Information about the person (author, editor or translator), for example name, country of origin, is added to the Person table the first time you register a book written by this author. Later, you simply choose the name from a list. When you modify an entry in a lookup table, for example to fix a typing error, the change will be reflected in all fields that are linked to this lookup table.

•	Loan information, books that currently are, or have been, "on loan".


To add a new book

1.	Choose New from the Book menu or click the New button on the toolbar.

BookCAT activates the Book window. You are now ready to begin adding information.

Notice how the first section of the status bar displays New. This indicates that a new book is added, but it has not yet been saved.

2.	Specify the relevant information in the Book window.

3.	If you want to register the contents of the book, click the New button in the Contents window to add the first section. It's up to you whether you want to register contents information or not. For most books you will probably not want to do this, but this feature can be extremely useful in certain situations (for example if the book contains multiple short stories by various authors).

Notes

•	If you are unsure of what information you are supposed to specify in a field, press the Help button on the toolbar and then click on the field.

•	You do not need to manually save the book, BookCAT will automatically save any changes when you choose one of the menu options.


To edit a book

1.	From the list of books in the Browse window, locate the book you want to edit.

2.	To activate the Book window, double click on the book in the Browse window or choose Book from the Window menu.

3.	Modify the information as necessary in the Book window.

Notes

•	You do not need to manually save the changes, BookCAT will automatically save any changes when you choose one of the menu options.


To delete books

1.	From the list of books in the Browse window, select the book you want to delete.

2.	Choose Delete / Current Book from the Book menu.

Notice the word Deleted on the status bar. This informs you that the book is marked as deleted. It has not yet been removed from the database.

3.	Repeat steps 1 - 2 for all books you want to delete.

4.	From the File menu, choose Compact Database.

You see the Compact Database dialog box.

5.	Select the Remove deleted books check box.

6.	Click the OK button.

7.	BookCAT asks you to confirm that you want to remove the deleted book(s).

Click the OK button.


To specify author

1.	Click the … button to the right of the Author field.

You see the Choose Author dialog box.

2.	If the author is registered in the database, locate the author name in the list. You can use the text box above the list to quickly locate the desired author. As you type, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

When you have located the author, click the Right arrow button to choose.

3.	If the author is not registered in the database, press the + button to add a new author.

You see the New Person dialog box. Fill in as much information as you want.

Click the Save button to save the new author. BookCAT closes the New Person dialog box.

The new author is now available in the lookup list and BookCAT has automatically added the author to the list on the right.

4.	By default, the author is linked to the Main Author category. To link the author to one of the other author categories, click with the right mouse button on the author and choose from the popup menu (Co-Author, Contributor, Ghostwriter, Pseudonym or Editor).

5.	Repeat step 2 - 4 to register another author.

6.	Click OK to close the dialog box.

You see the author(s) in the Author field in the Book window.


To specify awards

1.	Click the … button to the right of the Award field.

You see the Choose Award dialog box.

2.	If the award is registered in the database, locate it in the list. You can use the text box above the list to quickly locate the desired award. As you type, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

When you have located the award, click the Right arrow button to choose it.

3.	If the award is not registered in the database, press the + button to add a new award.

You see the New Award dialog box. Fill in as much information as you want.

Click the Save button to save the new award. BookCAT closes the New Award dialog box.

The new award is now available in the lookup list and BookCAT has automatically added it to the list on the right.

4.	If you want, you can specify the year the award was given (in the Year text box) and any additional details (in the Details text box).

5.	Repeat step 2 - 4 to register another award.

6.	Click OK to close the dialog box.


To specify nominations

1.	Click the … button to the right of the Nomination field.

You see the Choose Nomination dialog box.

2.	If the award is registered in the database, locate it in the list. You can use the text box above the list to quickly locate the desired award. As you type, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

When you have located the award, click the Right arrow button to choose it.

3.	If the award is not registered in the database, press the + button to add a new award.

You see the New Award dialog box. Fill in as much information as you want.

Click the Save button to save the new award. BookCAT closes the New Award dialog box.

The new award is now available in the lookup list and BookCAT has automatically added it to the list on the right.

4.	If you want, you can specify the year the nomination was given (in the Year text box) and any additional details (in the Details text box).

5.	Repeat step 2 - 4 to register another nomination.

6.	Click OK to close the dialog box.


About images

BookCAT allows you to store up to three images with each book and person. BMP, GIF and JPG formats are supported. BookCAT can compress BMP images (there are no reason to compress GIF and JPG images since they have "built-in" compression). You can specify additional comments for each image.

If you do not want to store the image within the database, you can create a link to an external image file. This is useful if the image has a format not supported by BookCAT, or if you want the database to be as small as possible.

By default, an image is shown as a thumbnail in the data entry window. To view the full size image, double click on the thumbnail or click with the right mouse button on the thumbnail and choose View from the popup menu.


To add a new image

1.	Activate the correct image by clicking on the 1, 2 or 3 button.

2.	Click with the right mouse button on the thumbnail and choose Edit from the popup menu, or simply double click the thumbnail box.

You see the Edit Image dialog box.

2.	Press the Load button.

You see the Load Image dialog box.

3.	Select image file and click OK.

BookCAT displays the image. The image properties are displayed in the Properties box.

4.	If the image has the BMP format, select the Compress check box to compress the image.

Note! This only applies to BMP images as GIF and JPEG images have ”built-in” compression.

5.	Type any comments in the Comments field, if you want.

6.	Click the OK button to save the image.

BookCAT automatically creates a thumbnail of the image.

Notes

•	Instead of loading an image file, you can paste the image from the clipboard by pressing the Paste button. The image is always converted to the JPG format.


To edit an image

1.	Activate the correct image by clicking on the 1, 2 or 3 button.

2.	Click with the right mouse button on the thumbnail and choose Edit from the popup menu.

You see the Edit Image dialog box.

3.	Make the necessary modifications in the dialog box.

4.	To save the changes, click the OK button.


To view an image

1.	Activate the correct image by clicking on the 1, 2 or 3 button.

2.	Click with the right mouse button on the thumbnail and choose View from the popup menu, or simply double click the thumbnail.

You see the View Image dialog box.

3.	To close the dialog box, click the X button on the title bar.


To change the active image

BookCAT allows you to store up to three images with each book or person.

1.	To change the active image, click on the 1, 2, or 3 button to the left of, or below, the thumbnail.


To delete an image

1.	Activate the correct image by clicking on the 1, 2 or 3 button.

2.	Click with the right mouse button on the thumbnail and choose Edit from the popup menu.

You see the Edit Image dialog box.

3.	Click the Clear button.

4.	Click the OK button.


To create a link to an external image

1.	Activate the correct image by clicking on the 1, 2 or 3 button.

2.	Click with the right mouse button on the thumbnail and choose Link / Create Link from the popup menu.

You see the Create Link to External Image dialog box.

3.	Select the image file and click Open.

Note! If the image is located in a sub folder under the BookCAT folder, BookCAT only stores the relative path to the image. This allows you to move BookCAT to another drive and/or folder, without affecting the links to the external images. For example, if BookCAT is installed to C:\Program Files\BookCAT32 and you have the external images in the C:\Program Files\BookCAT\Images folder, BookCAT only stores \Images as path information.

4.	BookCAT saves the path to the image, and displays a special image in the thumbnail box to indicate that the image field contains a link to an external image.


To view an external image

1.	Activate the correct image by clicking on the 1, 2 or 3 button.

2.	Click with the right mouse button on the thumbnail and choose View from the popup menu, or simply double click the thumbnail.

3.	BookCAT launches the specified external image viewer with the image loaded.

Note! For this to work, you must have specified an external image viewer in the Preferences dialog box, for example Paint Shop Pro. (Choose Preferences from the Tools menu, click the Misc tab and specify the external viewer in the External image viewer text box.)


To remove a link to an external image

1.	Activate the correct image by clicking on the 1, 2 or 3 button.

2.	Click with the right mouse button on the thumbnail and choose Link / Remove from the popup menu.

BookCAT removes the link to the external image.


To add a new section

1.	Activate the Contents window by choosing Contents from the Window menu.

2.	Click the New button in the Contents window.

3.	If the Use contents template option is activated in the Preferences dialog box, you see the Contents Template dialog box. Here you can specify information that is relevant to all sections (or most of the sections) in the book. This template is used when you add new sections to the book.

Note! If the book only contains one section, there is no need to use a template.

To use the template, click the Use button on the toolbar or choose Use from the Template menu.

BookCAT adds a new section to the book.

4.	Specify the relevant information in the Contents Edit window.

5.	If the book contains more than one section, choose New from the Contents menu or click the New button on the toolbar to add the next section.

Notes

•	It's up to you whether you want to register contents information or not. For most books you will probably not want to do this, but this feature can be extremely useful in certain situations (for example if the book contains multiple short stories by various authors).

•	You do not need to manually save the section, BookCAT will automatically save any changes when you choose one of the menu options or close the window.


To edit a section

1.	From the list of books in the Browse window, locate the book that contains the section you want to edit.

2.	Activate the Contents window by choosing Contents from the Window menu.

3.	From the list of sections, select the section you want to edit.

4.	Click the Edit button.

5.	Modify the information as necessary in the Contents Edit window.

Notes

•	You do not need to manually save the section, BookCAT will automatically save any changes when you choose one of the menu options or close the window.


To delete a section

1.	From the list of books in the Browse window, locate the book that contains the section you want to delete.

2.	Activate the Contents window by choosing Contents from the Window menu.

3.	From the list of sections, select the section you want to delete.

4.	Click the Delete button.

BookCAT asks you to confirm that you really want to delete the section.

Press the Yes button.

BookCAT deletes the section, and updates the index number for the rest of the sections in the book.

Notes

•	You cannot delete sections from the Contents Edit or the Contents View windows.

•	Unlike books, sections are deleted immediately.


To change the section index

1.	In the Contents Edit window, choose Rearrange from the Contents menu or click the Rearrange button on the toolbar.

You see the Rearrange dialog box.

2.	Specify the new index, and item if applicable.

3.	Click the OK button.

BookCAT updates the section position.


To specify author

1.	Click the … button to the right of the Author field.

You see the Choose Author dialog box.

2.	If the author is registered in the database, locate the author name in the list. You can use the text box above the list to quickly locate the desired author. As you type, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

When you have located the author, click the Right arrow button to choose.

3.	If the author is not registered in the database, press the + button to add a new author.

You see the New Person dialog box. Fill in as much information as you want.

Click the Save button to save the new author. BookCAT closes the New Person dialog box.

The new author is now available in the lookup list and BookCAT has automatically added the author to the list on the right.

4.	By default, the author is linked to the Main Author category. To link the author to one of the other author categories, click with the right mouse button on the author and choose from the popup menu (Co-Author, Contributor, Ghostwriter or Pseudonym).

5.	Repeat step 2 - 4 to register another author.

6.	Click OK to close the dialog box.

You see the author(s) in the Author field in the Contents Edit window.


About contents templates

A contents template allows you to specify information that is relevant to all sections (or most of the sections) when you register a new book (this is useful if, for example, the book contains multiple sections written by the same author). The information you specify is automatically used when you add new sections. You can also save a template to a file and reuse it later.

Note! If you don't want to use a contents template when you add new sections to a book, deselect the Use contents template option in the Preferences dialog box.

You can also use a contents template to register information after all sections are added to the book. For example, if you only specified titles when you originally registered the book, you can assign a contents template to the sections in the book at a later time. This allows you to register information for all sections in the book in one operation.


To modify the active template

1.	In the Contents Edit window, choose Template from the File menu or click the Template button on the toolbar.

You see the Contents Template dialog box.

2.	Modify the template information as necessary.

3.	Choose Use from the Template menu or click the Use button on the toolbar to activate the new template.

The new template is used when you add new sections to the current book.


To assign a template to existing sections

1.	In the Contents Edit window, choose Template from the File menu or click the Template button on the toolbar.

You see the Contents Template dialog box.

2.	Modify the template information as necessary.

3.	Choose Assign to Sections from the Template menu or click the Assign button on the toolbar.

You see the Assign Template to Sections dialog box.

4.	From the list, select the sections you want to assign the template to.

To select more than one section, hold down Ctrl while you click.

To select all sections, click with the right mouse button and choose Select All from the popup menu.

5.	To keep all information that is already registered for the selected sections, select the Keep existing check box.

In not, BookCAT deletes all information in “one-2-many” fields (a field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords) before the template is assigned.

6.	Click the OK button to assign the template to the selected sections.


To add a new lookup entry

1.	Choose Edit Table from the Lookup menu.

You see the Choose Lookup Table dialog box.

2.	Select the lookup table you want to add a new entry to.

3.	Click the OK button.

You see the Lookup "Table Name" dialog box.

4.	Click the + button.

BookCAT activates the Details tab.

5.	Fill in as much information as you want.

Notes

•	You do not need to manually save the entry, BookCAT will automatically save any changes when you move to another entry or close the dialog box.


To edit a lookup entry

1.	Choose Edit Table from the Lookup menu.

You see the Choose Lookup Table dialog box.

2.	Select the lookup table you want to edit.

3.	Click the OK button.

You see the Lookup "Table Name" dialog box.

4.	Locate the item you want to edit from the list.

You can use the text box above the list to quickly locate the desired entry. As you type, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

5.	Click the Details tab.

6.	Modify the information as necessary.

Notes

•	You do not need to manually save the entry, BookCAT will automatically save any changes when you move to another entry or close the dialog box.


To delete a lookup entry

1.	Choose Edit Table from the Lookup menu.

You see the Choose Lookup Table dialog box.

2.	Select the lookup table in which you want to delete an entry.

3.	Click the OK button.

You see the Lookup "Table Name" dialog box.

4.	Locate the item you want to delete from the list.

You can use the text box above the list to quickly locate the desired entry. As you type, BookCAT tries to locate a matching item in the list.

5.	Click the - button to delete the selected entry.

BookCAT asks you to confirm that you really want to delete it.

Press the Yes button.


To register a book as "on loan"

1.	From the list of books in the Browse window, locate the book you want to register as "on loan".

2.	To activate the Book window, double click on the book in the Browse window or choose Book from the Window menu.

3.	Click the Library tab.

4.	Click the Loan out button in the Loan box.

You see the Loan Out dialog box.

5.	Select the name of the borrower from the Borrower drop-down list.

If the borrower is not registered, click with the right mouse button on the Borrower field and choose New from the popup menu.

Complete the information requested in the New Borrower dialog box and click Save.

6.	In the Date Borrowed field, specify the date the book was borrowed. By default, BookCAT fills in today's date.

7.	In the Date Due field, specify the date the book is due to be returned. (In the Preferences dialog box, you can specify the number of days from today that BookCAT automatically fills into this field. By default, this is 30 days.)

8.	Click the OK button to register the book as "on loan".

Notes

•	Even though BookCAT lets you change the name of the borrower from the Loan Out dialog box, always register the book as "returned" before you register it as ”on loan” again. This is important if you want the information in the Loan Transaction table to be correct.


To register a book as "returned"

1.	From the list of book in the Browse window, locate the book you want to register as "returned".

2.	To activate the Book window, double click on the book in the Browse window or choose Book from the Window menu.

3.	Click the Library tab.

4.	Click the Returned button in the Loan box.

You see the Returned dialog box.

5.	In the Date Returned field, specify the date the book was returned. By default, BookCAT fills in today's date.

6.	Click the OK button to register the book as "returned".

Notes

•	Even though BookCAT lets you change the name of the borrower from the Loan Out dialog box, always register the book as "returned" before you register it as ”on loan” again. This is important if you want the information in the Loan Transaction table to be correct.

•	You can also register the book as "returned" from the Loan Transactions dialog box.


To view the loan transaction history

1.	Choose Loan Transactions from the Tools menu.

You see the Loan Transactions dialog box.

From here you can view the contents of the Loan Transaction table.

2.	To register a book as "returned", locate the book in the list and choose Returned from the File menu or click the Returned button on the toolbar.

3.	To change the sort order, choose Sort from the View menu and select one of the pre-defined sort orders.

4.	To specify a filter to limit the information that is displayed, choose Filter from the View menu or click the Filter button on the toolbar.

You see the Filter dialog box.

Specify the filter options and click the OK button to activate the filter.

To remove the active filter, click the Clear button and then the OK button.

5.	To delete entries, choose Delete from the File menu.

You see the Delete dialog box.

Specify the date interval you want to delete entries in and click OK.

Note! You cannot delete entries for books that are not yet returned.


To mark books

BookCAT allows you to mark books. Marking and unmarking books can be extremely useful if you want to select different books based on specific criteria (for example, all books written by a specific author) for a pending action. You may view, edit, search among, or even print only the books that have been marked.

The checkmark button (looks like a "V") on the toolbar indicates whether the current book is marked or not. If the button is "in" (pressed), the book is marked. If it is “out” (released), the book is not marked. You can mark or unmark all books by using the mark commands on the Book menu.

1.	To mark or unmark the current book, choose Mark / Current Book from the Book menu, or simply click the Mark button on the toolbar. You can also press Ctrl+M.

This command toggles between the two modes. If the book was unmarked, it is marked. If the book was marked, it is unmarked.

2.	To mark all books, choose Mark / Mark All from the Book menu.

3.	To unmark all books, choose Mark / Unmark All from the Book menu.

4.	To invert the marking, choose Mark / Invert Marking from the Book menu.

Marked books become unmarked, and unmarked books become marked.


To view the book subset

By default, BookCAT displays all books in your database. If you want to view only the books that are marked, the subset, use the Subset command on the View menu. This is very useful when you want to look at just some of the books (for example all books written by a specific author).

1.	Choose Subset from the View menu, or click the Subset button on the toolbar. You can also press F9.

This command toggles between the two modes. If the subset was active, it is deactivated. If the subset was not active, it is activated.


To use the contents view

When you add a new book or look at existing books, BookCAT displays the sections in the same order as they appear in the book (in the Contents window). Occasionally you may want to look at sections without regard to the book in which they are located.

1.	Choose Contents View from the Contents menu or click the Contents View button on the toolbar.

If some of the sections are marked, BookCAT asks if you want to view only the marked sections.

You see the Contents View window.

2.	You can now browse the sections the same way you browse the books.

Notes

•	To edit the active section, choose Edit from the Contents menu or double click the section.

•	It is not possible to add new sections or delete existing sections from the Contents View window.


To mark sections

In the Contents View window, you can mark sections the same way you mark books. Marking and unmarking sections can be extremely useful if you want to select different sections based on specific criteria (for example, all short stories) for a pending action. You may view, edit, search among, or even print only the sections that have been marked.

The checkmark button (looks like a "V") on the toolbar indicates whether the current section is marked or not. If the button is "in" (pressed), the section is marked. If it is “out” (released), the section is not marked. You can mark or unmark all sections by using the commands on the Contents menu.

1.	To mark or unmark the current section, choose Mark / Current Section from the Contents menu, or simply click the Mark button on the toolbar. You can also press Ctrl+M.

This command toggles between the two modes. If the section was unmarked, it is marked. If the section was marked, it is unmarked.

2.	To mark all sections, choose Mark / Mark All from the Contents menu.

3.	To unmark all sections, choose Mark / Unmark All from the Contents menu.

4.	To invert the marking, choose Mark / Invert Marking from the Contents menu.

Marked sections become unmarked, and unmarked sections become marked.


To view the contents subset

By default, BookCAT displays all sections in the Contents View window. If you want to view only the sections that are marked, the subset, use the Subset command on the View menu. This is very useful when you want to look at just some of the sections in the database (for example, all short stories).

1.	Choose Subset from the View menu, or click the Subset button on the toolbar. You can also press F9.

This command toggles between the two modes. If the subset was active, it is deactivated. If the subset was not active, it is activated.


To use the References command

BookCAT will automatically create references to other books and sections based on the keywords linked to the current book or section.

Here is an example:

Book	Keywords	References
Book 1	Database, Network, Hardware	Book 2, Book 3, Book 4
Book 2	Hardware, Printer	Book 1, Book 4
Book 3	Database	Book 1
Book 4	Network, Printer	Book 1, Book 2
1.	To display references to other books, choose References from the View menu in the main window.

To display references to other sections, choose References from the View menu in the Contents View window.

2.	You see a list of other books/sections the current book/section is linked to.

3.	Double click the book or section you want to activate.


To use the Statistics module

1.	Choose Statistics from the View menu.

You see the Statistics dialog box.

2.	Select the type of statistics you want from the list on the Setup tab.

3.	If applicable, specify the sort order in the Sort order box.

4.	If applicable, specify a filter in the Filter box.

5.	Click the Details tab.

You see the result presented in a list.

6.	Click the Graph tab.

You see the result presented as a graph.

Note! The graph is not available for all types of statistics.


To use the Views module

The Views module is great for getting an overview of your collection. For example, you can create a view of books grouped by author. The books are presented in a so-called tree view. Click on the plus-sign to the left of the author name, and you see a new branch with all books written by this author. You can get more detailed information about the various items in the view by using the right mouse button.

1.	Choose Views from the View menu.

You see the Views dialog box.

The list on the left is used to define a filter that limits the entries included in the view.

The list on the right displays the result of the view.

2.	Specify whether you want to create a book or a contents view.

To create a book view, click the Book View button on the toolbar or choose Book View from the View menu.

To create a contents view, click the Contents View button on the toolbar or choose Contents View from the View menu.

3.	If creating a book view, click the Include Sections button on the toolbar or choose Include Sections from the View menu to include the sections in each book.

4.	To use a filter, select the filter field from the drop-down list above the left-most list.

All possible filter values are displayed in the list.

Select the desired value.

5.	Select the fields you want to group the view on from the drop-down lists above the list on the right. You can group on up to three fields.

6.	Choose Refresh from the View menu or click the Refresh button on the toolbar to update the view.

7.	If you want to save the view, choose Save from the File menu or click the Save button on the toolbar.


To create a new browse layout

1.	To create a new book browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu in the main window.

To create a new contents browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu in the Contents View window.

You see the Browse Layout Book/Contents dialog box.

2.	Click the Add button.

You see the Edit Browse Layout dialog box.

3.	In the Title text box, type the name you want to give the layout. The layout title is displayed in the list of available layouts. Each layout title must be unique.

4.	Click the Font button to specify the font to use.

Note! Only the font name and font size is used. You specify the font style (bold or italic) for each column.

5.	From the list on the left, select the fields you want to include in the layout.

6.	Click the Properties tab to specify column properties (for example column alignment or color).

7.	Click the OK button to save the browse layout and close the dialog box.

The list of available layouts now includes the new layout you just created.

8.	To activate the new layout, click the Use button.

Notes

•	You can resize the columns by dragging the column separators on the title row in the browse window.


To edit a browse layout

1.	To edit a book browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu in the main window.

To edit a contents browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu in the Contents View window.

You see the Browse Layout Book/Contents dialog box.

2.	Select the layout you want to edit.

Note! You cannot edit the Default Layout.

3.	Click the Edit button.

You see the Edit Browse Layout dialog box.

4.	Make the necessary modifications.

5.	Click the OK button to save the changes.


To change the active browse layout

1.	To change the active book browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu in the main window.

To change the active contents browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu in the Contents View window.

You see the Browse Layout Book/Contents dialog box.

2.	Select the layout you want to activate.

3.	Click the Use button.


To delete a browse layout

1.	To delete a book browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu in the main window.

To delete a contents browse layout, choose Browse Layout from the View menu in the Contents View window.

You see the Browse Layout Book/Contents dialog box.

2.	Select the layout you want to delete.

Note! You cannot delete the Default Layout.

3.	Click the Delete button.


To create a new sort order

1.	To create a new book sort order, choose Sort Order from the View menu in the main window.

To create a new contents sort order, choose Sort Order from the View menu in the Contents View window.

You see the Sort Order Book/Contents dialog box.

2.	Click the Add button.

You see the Edit Sort Order dialog box.

3.	In the Title text box, type the name you want to give the sort order. The sort order title is displayed in the list of available sort orders. Each sort order title must be unique.

4.	From the list on the left, select the fields you want to include in the sort order.

5.	Click the OK button to save the sort order and close the dialog box.

The list of available sort orders now includes the new sort order you just created.

6.	To activate the new sort order, click the Use button.


To edit a sort order

1.	To edit a book sort order, choose Sort Order from the View menu in the main window.

To edit a contents sort order, choose Sort Order from the View menu in the Contents View window.

You see the Sort Order Book/Contents dialog box.

2.	Select the sort order you want to edit.

Note! You cannot edit the Default Sort Order.

3.	Click the Edit button.

You see the Edit Sort Order dialog box.

4.	Make the necessary modifications.

5.	Click the OK button to save the changes.


To change the active sort order

1.	To change the active book sort order, choose Sort Order from the View menu in the main window.

To change the active contents sort order, choose Sort Order from the View menu in the Contents View window.

You see the Sort Order Book/Contents dialog box.

2.	Select the sort order you want to activate.

3.	Click the Use button.


To delete a sort order

1.	To delete a book sort order, choose Sort Order from the View menu in the main window.

To delete a contents sort order, choose Sort Order from the View menu in the Contents View window.

You see the Sort Order Book/Contents dialog box.

2.	Select the sort order you want to delete.

Note! You cannot delete the Default Sort Order.

3.	Click the Delete button.


How to search

You can effectively search the database for information that you require. Search in all fields with any combination of fields and operators. In addition, BookCAT lets you cross reference up to five fields. This is an extremely flexible way to search and query data.

There are six different ways to search and query data:

1.	Quick search. This is the easiest way to search. Simply fill in the fields you want to search in, choose OK, and BookCAT handles the rest!

2.	Simple search. Lets you define a search criteria based on up to two fields. You specify field, operator and the value you want to search for. The search criteria can be saved to a file for later use.

3.	Advanced search. Lets you define a search criteria that can contain an unlimited number of fields. You can group the fields in different ways using parenthesis and the logical operators AND/OR. The search criteria can be saved to a file for later use.

4.	Summary search. Specify the field you want to search in from the drop-down list. All unique values are then displayed in a list box. Select the value you want to search for and choose OK. The number of occurrences of each value is also displayed. This might be very useful for statistic purposes.

5.	Global Search. Lets you search in all fields.

6.	Cross references (X-Ref). The Cross Reference module lets you cross reference up to five fields. This is an extremely flexible way to search and query data.

If you want to replace the field value for more than one book or section in one operation, use the search and replace command.

Before you execute a search, you must specify the following options:

Search subset

Select the Search subset option if you only want to search the subset (that is, only marked books or sections).

Show all

Select the Show all option if you want BookCAT to mark all entries (books or sections) that are found during the search and then show all these entries. If not, BookCAT only shows the first entry that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu to show the next entry.

Show books

When searching for sections, select the Show books option if you want the books the sections are located in as the search result.

If you want more search examples, take a look at lesson 4 in the tutorial.

Notes

•	Searches are case insensitive (that is, BookCAT does not distinguish between upper and lower case).


To use the Quick search

1.	To search for books, choose Quick / Book from the Search menu.

You see the Quick Search Book dialog box.

To search for sections, choose Quick / Contents from the Search menu.

You see the Quick Search Contents dialog box.

2.	Fill in the information you want to search for.

3.	To search the subset only, select the Search subset check box.

4.	If you want BookCAT to mark all entries that are found during the search and then show these entries, select the Show all check box. If not, BookCAT only shows the first entry that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu to show the next entry.

5.	When searching for sections, select the Show books check box if you want the books the sections are located in as the search result.

6.	Click the Search button to execute the search.


To use the Simple search

1.	Choose Simple from the Search menu.

You see the Simple Search dialog box.

2.	From the drop-down list the cursor is in, select the field you want to search in.

3.	Select the operator from the drop-down list on the right.

4.	Specify the value you want to search for.

If you want to combine two fields in the search, continue with step 5. If not, proceed to step 9.

5.	From the drop-down list in the box below, select the second field you want to search in.

6.	Select the operator from the drop-down list on the right.

7.	Specify the value you want to search for.

8.	Specify whether you want to combine the two fields with the AND operator or the OR operator by selecting either AND or OR.

9.	To search the subset only, press the Search subset button on the toolbar or choose Subset from the Search menu.

10.	If you want BookCAT to mark all entries that are found during the search and then show these entries, press the Show all button on the toolbar or choose Show All from the Search menu. If not, BookCAT only shows the first entry that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu (in the main window) to show the next entry.

11.	When searching for sections, press the Show books button on the toolbar or choose Show Books from the Search menu if you want the books the sections are located in as the search result.

12.	If you want to save the search, click the Save button on the toolbar or choose Save from the File menu.

13.	To execute the search, click the Search button on the toolbar or choose Search from the Search menu.


To use the Advanced search

1.	Choose Advanced from the Search menu.

You see the Advanced Search dialog box.

2.	Choose the Add field button to add a field.

You see the Add Field dialog box.

3.	From the drop-down list the cursor is in, select the field you want to search in.

4.	Select the operator from the drop-down list on the right.

5.	Specify the value you want to search for.

6.	Choose the OK button to add the field to the search criteria.

7.	If you want to add another field to the search criteria, repeat step 2 - 6.

Note! If you want to combine two field with the OR operator, click the OR button before you add the next field.

8.	To search the subset only, press the Search subset button on the toolbar or choose Subset from the Search menu.

9.	If you want BookCAT to mark all entries that are found during the search and then show these entries, press the Show all button on the toolbar or choose Show All from the Search menu. If not, BookCAT only shows the first entry that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu (in the main window) to show the next entry.

10.	When searching for sections, press the Show books button on the toolbar or choose Show Books from the Search menu if you want the books the sections are located in as the search result.

11.	If you want to save the search, click the Save button on the toolbar or choose Save from the File menu.

12.	To execute the search, click the Search button on the toolbar or choose Search from the Search menu.


To use the Summary search

1.	Choose Summary from the Search menu.

You see the Summary Search dialog box.

2.	From the drop-down list to the left, select the field you want to search in.

In the list below, BookCAT displays all unique values from the selected field.

3.	From the drop-down list to the right, select the operator to use.

4.	From the list below, select the value you want to search for.

5.	To search the subset only, select the Search subset check box.

6.	If you want BookCAT to mark all entries that are found during the search and then show these entries, select the Show all check box. If not, BookCAT only shows the first entry that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu to show the next entry.

7.	When searching for sections, select the Show books check box if you want the books the sections are located in as the search result.

8.	Press the Search button to execute the search.


To use the Global search

1.	Choose Global from the Search menu.

You see the Global Search dialog box.

2.	In the Search for text box, type the text you want to search for.

3.	Specify whether you want to search in Books, Sections or Both books and sections.

4.	To search the subset only, select the Search subset check box.

5.	If you want BookCAT to mark all entries that are found during the search and then show these entries, select the Show all check box. If not, subset only shows the first entry that was found. You have to choose Show Next from the Search menu to show the next entry.

6.	When searching for sections, select the Show books check box if you want the books the sections are located in as the search result.

7.	Press the Search button to execute the search.


To use the Cross Reference (X-Ref) module

Using the Cross Reference (X-Ref) module is an extremely flexible way to search and query data. The result of the query is shown immediately on the screen. You can execute a search based on the cross references.

BookCAT allows you to create cross references based on up to five fields. The X-Ref dialog box contains five list boxes that display the result of the cross reference. Above each list there are two drop-down lists. You select field from the list to the left and operator from the list to the right. The following operators are available:

=	Is equal to

>=	Is greater than or equal to

<=	Is less than or equal to

An operator is used to compare the value of the selected field with the value you specify.

If you execute a search based on the cross references, you should set the operator to >=. This is because BookCAT compares the field value with the operator.

For example, if you create a cross reference that shows all books written by an author, and you want to search for all these books, you need to select the first book title and then select the operator >= before the search is executed. If you don't do this, BookCAT thinks you want to search for just the book that is selected in the list since the operator is set to =.

1.	Choose X-Ref from the Search menu.

You see the X-Ref dialog box.

2.	From the field drop-down list, select the field you want to use in the cross reference.

Note! Always start selecting fields from the left.

In the list below, BookCAT displays all unique values from the selected field.

3.	From the operator drop-down list, select the operator.

4.	From the list of field values, select the value for want to base the cross reference on.

5.	Repeat step 2 - 4 if you want to add another field to the cross reference.

6.	To change the value(s) the cross reference is based on, select the new value(s) and press the Refresh button on the toolbar or choose Refresh from the X-Ref menu.

7.	If you want to save the cross reference, choose Save from the File menu or click the Save button on the toolbar.

8.	If you want to execute a search based on the cross reference, click the Search button on the toolbar or choose Search from the Search menu.


To search and replace

1.	Choose Replace from the Edit menu.

You see the Replace dialog box.

2.	From the drop-down list, select the field you want to modify.

3.	In the Search for text box, specify the value you want to replace.

4.	In the Replace width text box, specify the new value.

5.	Select the Search subset option if you want only to include the subset (that is, marked books or sections) in the replace process.

6.	Click the Replace button to start.


About reports

BookCAT includes a report designer that lets you create almost any type of report. Use one of the more than 80 pre-defined reports, or create your own reports from scratch. You have full control over data fields, groups, sort order, columns, fonts, colors, paper size, margins and print orientation. You can add the reports you use the most to the Report menu.

During the installation of BookCAT, the setup program copied the pre-defined reports to the following folders under the BookCAT folder:

\Reports\Book	Book reports

\Reports\Contents	Contents reports

\Reports\LoanTrans	Loan transaction reports

\Reports\Lookup	Lookup reports

All these reports are automatically added to the Report menu the first time BookCAT is run.

To work with the Report Designer, choose Report Designer from the Report menu or click the Report Designer button on the toolbar.

To modify the contents of the Report menu, choose Edit Menu from the Report menu or click the Edit Report Menu button on the toolbar.


About the Report Designer

You use the Report Designer to create a new report or modify an existing report. To activate the Report Designer, choose Report Designer from the Report menu or click the Report Designer button on the toolbar.

Reports are made up of bands. The way data appears in a report is determined by the kind of band a data field is in. For example, if a field is in the Detail band, the field data from every record appears in the report. If a field is in the Column Header band, the field data is only printed at the top of each column. If a field is in the Page Footer band, the field data is only printed at the bottom of each page.

The Report Designer makes extensive use of popup menus to allow you to quickly set report object properties. To display a popup menu, click with the right mouse button on a band or an object. You specify the text formatting (font, font size, color etc.) from the Format toolbar. The text formatting affects all selected objects.

Take a look at lesson 5 in the tutorial for some examples on how create reports.


To create a new report

1.	Choose New from the File menu or click the New button on the toolbar.

You see the Create New Report dialog box.

2.	Select the type of report you want to create:

Book report - A book report prints information from the Book table. If you want, you can also include all sections in the book in the order they appear in the book (on the Sub-Detail band).

Contents report - A contents report prints information from the Contents table (a book can contain multiple sections, for example chapters, short stories or individual essays). The sections are printed without regard to the book in which they are located. If you want, you can also include information about the book (for example Reference No or Location).

Loan Transaction report - A loan transaction report prints information based on the Loan Transaction table, that is, books that are or have been “on loan”. You can include information from the Book table (Title, Author, ISBN etc.), the Loan Transaction table (Date Borrowed, Date Due, Date Returned etc.) and the Borrower table (Name, Address, Phone, Fax etc.).

Lookup report - A lookup reports prints information from the chosen lookup table. This type of report is very useful when you want an overview of the contents of a lookup table.

3.	Click the OK button.

BookCAT creates the new report. You can now begin adding fields to the report.


To open a report

1.	Choose Open from the File menu or click the Open button on the toolbar.

You see the Open Report dialog box.

2.	Select the report file you want to open.

3.	Click the Open button.

BookCAT opens the report.


To save a report

1.	Choose Save from the File menu or click the Save button on the toolbar.

If you save the report for the first time, you see the Save Report dialog box.

Note! If you have previously saved the report, BookCAT will just save all changes (choose Save As from the File menu to save the report with a different name or in a different location).

2.	Specify the report file name in the File name text box.

3.	Click the Save button.

BookCAT saves the report.


To specify page setup

1.	Choose Page Setup from the File menu.

You see the Page Setup dialog box.

From this dialog box you can specify paper size and orientation, margins, number of columns etc.

2.	Make the necessary modifications to the page setup.

Note! Context-sensitive help is available if you click on the ? button at the top of the active window, and then click the item you want information about.

3.	Click the OK button to activate the new page setup.

Notes

•	If you want to specify default margins that are used for all new reports you create, choose Default Margins from the File menu.


To specify groups

Grouping a report means breaking the data into meaningful groups before it appears in your report. Data grouping is used to create easy-to-read blocks of data. You can create up to five groups in a report.

For each group, there are two corresponding bands: the Group Header and the Group Footer. These two bands will only print each time the value of the group field changes. The Group Header is printed above the Detail band, while the Group Footer is printed below the Detail band.

1.	Choose Groups from the Report menu or click the Groups button on the toolbar.

You see the Groups dialog box.

2.	From the drop-down list, select the field you want to base the group on.

3.	Modify the group properties, if necessary.

Note! Context-sensitive help is available if you click on the ? button at the top of the active window, and then click the item you want information about.

4.	Repeat step 2 - 3 for each group you want to add or modify.

Note! You select the group you want to edit by clicking on the corresponding tab.

5.	Click the OK button to save the changes and close the dialog box.

Notes

•	When you create a new group, BookCAT automatically adds the group field to the Group Header band.


To specify sort order

1.	Choose Sort Order from the Report menu or click the Sort Order button on the toolbar.

You see the Edit Sort Order dialog box.

2.	From the list on the left, select the fields you want to base the sort order on.

3.	Click the OK button to use the new sort order.


To specify what information to include

You can include all entries in your report, or you can restrict your report to specific entries; either the subset (that is, marked entries) or let the filter specify what entries to include.

1.	To include all entries, choose Include / All from the Report menu or press the Include All button on the toolbar.

To include only the subset, choose Include / Subset from the Report menu or press the Include Subset button on the toolbar.

Note! The subset option is only available in book and contents reports.

To let the filter specify what entries to include, choose Include / Filter from the Report menu or press the Include Filter button on the toolbar.

Note! The filter option is only available when a filter is already defined.


To specify filter

1.	Choose Filter from the Report menu or click the Filter button on the toolbar.

You see the Filter dialog box.

If you are defining a simple filter, continue with step 2. If you are defining an advanced filter, proceed to step 10.

2.	From the drop-down list the cursor is in, select the field you want to base the filter on.

3.	Select the operator from the drop-down list on the right.

4.	Specify the value to use in the filter.

If you want to combine two fields in the filter, continue with step 5. If not, proceed to step 9.

5.	From the drop-down list in the box below, select the second field you want to base the filter on.

6.	Select the operator from the drop-down list on the right.

7.	Specify the value to use in the filter.

8.	Specify whether you want to combine the two fields with the AND operator or the OR operator by selecting either AND or OR.

9.	To use the filter, choose Use Filter from the Filter menu or click the Use Filter button on the toolbar.

The simple filter is now defined.

10.	To start defining the advanced filter, choose the Add field button to add a field.

You see the Add Field dialog box.

11.	From the drop-down list the cursor is in, select the field you want to base the filter on.

12.	Select the operator from the drop-down list on the right.

13.	Specify the value to use in the filter.

14.	Choose the OK button to add this field to the filter criteria.

15.	If you want to add another field to the filter criteria, repeat step 10 - 14.

Note! If you want to combine two field with the OR operator, click the OR button before you add the next field.

16.	To use the filter, choose Use Filter from the Filter menu or click the Use Filter button on the toolbar.

Notes

•	To specify whether the Filter button on the toolbar should activate the Simple Filter or the Advanced Filter dialog box, click with the right mouse button on the button and choose from the popup menu.


To modify band properties

1.	Click with the right mouse button on the band and choose the property you want to modify from the popup menu.


To hide a band

1.	Click with the right mouse button on the band and choose Hide from the popup menu.


To show a band

1.	Choose Bands from the Report menu and, from the sub-menu, choose the band you want to show.


Title band

The Title band prints on the first page of the report, above the Page Header band.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

New Page	Determines whether the Title band is printed on a separate page.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


Page Header band

The Page Header band prints at the top of each page, except the first page where it is printed after the Title band.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

Print On

 First Page	Determines whether the band is printed on the first page of the report.

Print On

 Last Page	Determines whether the band is printed on the last page of the report.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


Column Header band

The Column Header band prints at the top of each column.

Note! This band is only available in reports with more than one column.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


Group Header band

The Group Header band prints before the Detail band each time the group value changes. There is one Group Header band for each group the report contains.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


Detail band

The Detail band prints once for each entry in the table the report is based on. For example, in a book report the Detail band prints for each book that is printed.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

Min. Height	Specifies the minimum height of the band. If this amount of space is not available, the band will print on the next column/page.

Keep

Together	When this property is set, BookCAT keeps the band (including the Sub Detail band, if applicable) together, either on the current page (if there is room) or on the next (if not).

New Page	Specifies whether each Detail band is printed on a separate page.

Reprint on

 subsequent

 columns	Specifies whether the Detail band is printed again on top of the next column if the Sub-Detail band overflows onto the next column.

Note! This setting only applies to book reports with a Sub-Detail band.

Reprint on

 subsequent

 pages	Specifies whether the Detail band is printed again on top of the next page if the Sub-Detail band overflows onto the next page.

Note! This setting only applies to book reports with a Sub-Detail band.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


Sub-Detail band

The Sub-Detail band prints for each section in the book.

Note! This band is only available in book reports.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


Group Footer band

The Group Footer band prints after the Detail band each time the group value changes. There is one Group Footer band for each group the report contains.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


Column Footer band

The Column Footer band prints at the bottom of each column.

Note! This band is only available in reports with more than one column.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


Page Footer band

The Page Footer band prints at the bottom of each page.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

Print On

 First Page	Determines whether the band is printed on the first page of the report.

Print On

 Last Page	Determines whether the band is printed on the last page of the report.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


Summary band

The Summary band prints on the last page of the report, above the Page Footer band.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the band):

Height	Sets the height of the band.

Note! You can also change the height of the band by clicking on the band's title bar (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

New Page	Determines whether the Summary band is printed on a separate page.

Border	Specifies whether a line is drawn along the edges of the band (top, bottom, left and right).

Color	The background color of the band.


To add a new object

1.	From the toolbar, select the type of object you want to add.

The following objects are available:

Text Label

Data Field

Calculate

System

Combination Field

Shape

Line

Image

2.	Click on the band you want to add the object to.


To select an object

To do certain things with an object (change the font, move it, etc.), you first have to select it. Select means to point to the object with the mouse and then to click the left mouse button to choose it.

For example, to change font size, you first select the object for which you want to change the font size. Then you specify the font size from the Format toolbar.

To select a single object

1.	Click on the object.

Sizing handles appear around the object to indicate that it is selected.

Selecting multiple objects

1.	Hold down the Ctrl key and click on the objects you want to select.

Handles will appear on each selected object. You can then move or delete the objects as a group. You can also change the font or text formatting for all selected objects in one operation.

Notes

•	You cannot resize objects when multiple objects are selected.


To move an object

1.	Select the object(s) you want to move.

2.	Click on the object with the mouse, and drag it to the new position.

If multiple objects are selected, click on one of the objects and drag.

Notes

•	You can move the selected object(s) one pixel at the time by holding down Ctrl while you use the arrow keys.

•	You cannot drag an object from one band to another band. You have to copy the object to the clipboard and then past it onto the other band.

•	You can set the position of an object by clicking with the right mouse button on the object and choose Position from the popup menu.


To resize an object

1.	Select the object you want to resize.

2.	Drag the field's surrounding sizing handles to increase or decrease the size of the object.

Notes

•	You can resize the object one pixel at the time by holding down Shift while you use the arrow keys.

•	You cannot resize objects when multiple objects are selected.

•	You can set the size of an object by clicking with the right mouse button on the object and choose Position from the popup menu.


To modify object properties

1.	Click on the object with the right mouse button.

2.	Choose the desired property from the popup menu.


To delete an object

1.	Select the object you want to delete.

2.	Choose Delete from the Edit menu or press Ctrl+Del.


To copy an object

1.	Select the object you want to copy.

2.	Choose Copy from the Edit menu.

BookCAT copies the object to the clipboard.

3.	Choose Paste from the Edit menu.

You see the Choose Band dialog box.

4.	Select the band you want to paste the object onto.

5.	Click the OK button.

Notes

•	You cannot drag an object from one band to another band. You have to copy the object to the clipboard and then past it onto the other band.


Text Label object

The Text Label object simply prints the text you specify. Text labels are typically used for report titles, page headings, column headings, etc.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the object):

Text	The text that is printed.

Note! Use the code <date> to make BookCAT insert the current date when the report is printed.

Transparent	Determines whether the background of the report object is clear or opaque.

Visible	Determines whether the report object will be printed.

Note! Make sure that all objects included in a Combination Field are not visible.

Name	The name of the object.

Position	The position and size of the object.

Shift

 With Band	Applies to situations where a stretchable object is stretching. If this property is set, the report object will move based on the amount of stretching the stretchable object requires. When you want objects to appear at the bottom of a stretching band, this is a useful property.

Shift

 Relative To	Use this property to specify the stretching object this object should be positioned relative to.

If you position other report objects below a stretching object, you must set the Shift Relative To property. If not, the stretching object may stretch so that it covers the objects below it.

The height of a stretching object is not fixed, and is determined by the text to be printed. There are two types of stretching objects: a Data Field object printing a memo field and a Data Field object printing an one-2-many field (that is, a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords).

Locked	Determines whether the object is locked or not. When an object is locked, you cannot move or resize it.

You can modify the following properties from the Format toolbar:

Font Name	The typeface of the font.

Font Size	The point size of the font.

Font Style -

 Bold	Determines if the bold font style is used.

Font Style -

 Italic	Determines if the italic font style is used.

Font Style -

 Underline	Determines if the underline font style is used.

Text Color	The text color of the object.

Background

 Color	The background color of the object.

Text

 Alignment	Specifies how text is aligned within the object:

Left justify - Align text to the left side of the object.

Center - Center text horizontally in the object.

Right justify - Align text to the right side of the object.

Notes

•	You must select the object to set properties from the Format toolbar.


Data Field object

The Data Field object is used to print text from a data field in the database. This is the report object you will use the most.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the object):

Auto Size	Use this property to make the object adjust its size automatically so the client area accommodates the height and width of the text to be printed. When Auto Size is selected, the size of the object is resized to the width and length of the text to be printed. When Auto Size is not selected, the object size is fixed.

Transparent	Determines whether the background of the report object is clear or opaque.

Word Wrap	Determines whether the report object inserts soft carriage returns so text wraps at the right margin.

Suppress

 Repeated

 Values	When the value of a data field is the same across several records, this property allows you to print the report object once each time the field value changes. This can be useful in reports where a highly redundant field has been included in the Detail band. If the detail band overflows onto a new page, the field will print again on the first Detail band printed on the next page.

Show

 Sort by	When printing a data field linked to lookup table (for example Author), this property determines whether the Sort by field from the lookup table is printed or not.

One Item

 Per Line	When printing an one-2-many field (that is, a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords), this property determines whether each item is printed on a separate line.

Stretch	For text fields, this property determines whether the height of the object automatically stretches to allow the entire content to be printed.

Note! If you position other report objects below a stretching object, set the Shift Relative To property of these objects. If not, the stretching object may stretch so that it covers the objects below it.

For image fields, this property determines whether the image is scaled to fit inside the object.

Center	Determines whether the image is centered inside the object.

Maintain

 Aspect

 Ratio	Determines whether the image is scaled proportionally. This is useful when you want a scaled image to maintain its original width to height ratio.

Note! Use the Stretch property to determine whether the image is scaled. If Stretch is not set, then the Maintain Aspect Ratio property is ignored.

Visible	Determines whether the report object will be printed.

Note! Make sure that all objects included in a Combination Field are not visible.

Decimals	The number of decimals (0 - 4) for numeric data fields.

Text Format	Specifies the text format:

Normal - The text appears in mixed case. It is not forced into any case.

Uppercase - The text is converted to uppercase.

Lowercase - The text is converted to lowercase.

Date Format	Specifies the date format:

Year, Month and Day - Prints year, month and date.

Year and Month - Prints year and month.

Year - Prints year only.

Max Length	Use this property to limit the number of characters that is printed.

Note! A value of 0 indicates that there is no limit on the length.

Value If

 Empty	Specifies the text that is printed if the data field value is empty.

Value If

 Checked	For boolean data fields (for example Book.Custom 11), this property specifies the text that is printed if the data field value is set (that is, the check box in the data entry window is selected). The default value is Yes.

Value If

 Unchecked	For boolean data fields (for example Book.Custom 11), this property specifies the text that is printed if the data field value is not set (that is, the check box in the data entry window is not selected). The default value is No.

String

 Before	The string that is printed before the actual data field value.

String

 After	The string that is printed after the actual data field value.

Name	The name of the object.

Position	The position and size of the object.

Size In

 Pixels	For image fields, use this property to specify the size of the image in pixels.

Bottom

 Offset	Use this property to define the vertical space which should appear after a stretching object when it has printed.

Note! The Bottom Offset acts as a margin between the stretching object and the object which are stretching in relation to it.

Shift

 With Band	Applies to situations where a stretchable object is stretching. If this property is set, the report object will move based on the amount of stretching the stretchable object requires. When you want objects to appear at the bottom of a stretching band, this is a useful property.

Shift

 Relative To	Use this property to specify the stretching object this object should be positioned relative to.

If you position other report objects below a stretching object, you must set the Shift Relative To property. If not, the stretching object may stretch so that it covers the objects below it.

The height of a stretching object is not fixed, and is determined by the text to be printed. There are two types of stretching objects: a Data Field object printing a memo field and a Data Field object printing an one-2-many field (that is, a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords).

Locked	Determines whether the object is locked or not. When an object is locked, you cannot move or resize it.

You can modify the following properties from the Format toolbar:

Font Name	The typeface of the font.

Font Size	The point size of the font.

Font Style -

 Bold	Determines if the bold font style is used.

Font Style -

 Italic	Determines if the italic font style is used.

Font Style -

 Underline	Determines if the underline font style is used.

Text Color	The text color of the object.

Background

 Color	The background color of the object.

Text

 Alignment	Specifies how text is aligned within the object:

Left justify - Align text to the left side of the object.

Center - Center text horizontally in the object.

Right justify - Align text to the right side of the object.

Notes

•	You must select the object to set properties from the Format toolbar.


Calculate object

The Calculate object is used to perform common report calculations and print the resulting value. The calculation is performed based on the value of the specified data field.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the object):

Type	Determines what type of report information is calculated and printed in the report:

Average - Calculates the average of all data values.

Count - Counts one for each entry that is printed.

Maximum - Calculates the highest data value.

Minimum - Calculates the lowest data value.

Sum - Calculates the total of all data values.

Decimals	The number of decimals (0 - 4).

Ignore Zero	If a data field contains a zero value, it is not included in the calculation if this property is set.

Reset	Determines whether the calculated value is reset to zero each time the calculate object is printed.

Auto Size	Use this property to make the object adjust its size automatically so the client area accommodates the height and width of the text to be printed. When Auto Size is selected, the size of the object is resized to the width and length of the text to be printed. When Auto Size is not selected, the object size is fixed.

Transparent	Determines whether the background of the report object is clear or opaque.

Visible	Determines whether the report object will be printed.

Note! Make sure that all objects included in a Combination Field are not visible.

Name	The name of the object.

Position	The position and size of the object.

Shift

 With Band	Applies to situations where a stretchable object is stretching. If this property is set, the report object will move based on the amount of stretching the stretchable object requires. When you want objects to appear at the bottom of a stretching band, this is a useful property.

Shift

 Relative To	Use this property to specify the stretching object this object should be positioned relative to.

If you position other report objects below a stretching object, you must set the Shift Relative To property. If not, the stretching object may stretch so that it covers the objects below it.

The height of a stretching object is not fixed, and is determined by the text to be printed. There are two types of stretching objects: a Data Field object printing a memo field and a Data Field object printing an one-2-many field (that is, a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords).

Locked	Determines whether the object is locked or not. When an object is locked, you cannot move or resize it.

You can modify the following properties from the Format toolbar:

Font Name	The typeface of the font.

Font Size	The point size of the font.

Font Style -

 Bold	Determines if the bold font style is used.

Font Style -

 Italic	Determines if the italic font style is used.

Font Style -

 Underline	Determines if the underline font style is used.

Text Color	The text color of the object.

Background

 Color	The background color of the object.

Text

 Alignment	Specifies how text is aligned within the object:

Left justify - Align text to the left side of the object.

Center - Center text horizontally in the object.

Right justify - Align text to the right side of the object.

Notes

•	You must select the object to set properties from the Format toolbar.


System object

The System object is used to print common report information, such as the current date, time or page number.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the object):

Type	Determines what type of report information is printed in the report:

Date - Current system date.

Time - Current system time.

Date and Time - Current system date and time.

Print Date and Time - The current date and time when the report began printing.

Page Count - Total pages in the report.

Page Number - Current page number.

Page Number Description - Textual summary of current page number ("Page 1").

Page Set - Current page number and total pages in report ("1 of 5").

Page Set Description - Textual summary of page number and page count ("Page 1 of 5").

Auto Size	Use this property to make the object adjust its size automatically so the client area accommodates the height and width of the text to be printed. When Auto Size is selected, the size of the object is resized to the width and length of the text to be printed. When Auto Size is not selected, the object size is fixed.

Transparent	Determines whether the background of the report object is clear or opaque.

Visible	Determines whether the report object will be printed.

Note! Make sure that all objects included in a Combination Field are not visible.

Name	The name of the object.

Position	The position and size of the object.

Shift

 With Band	Applies to situations where a stretchable object is stretching. If this property is set, the report object will move based on the amount of stretching the stretchable object requires. When you want objects to appear at the bottom of a stretching band, this is a useful property.

Shift

 Relative To	Use this property to specify the stretching object this object should be positioned relative to.

If you position other report objects below a stretching object, you must set the Shift Relative To property. If not, the stretching object may stretch so that it covers the objects below it.

The height of a stretching object is not fixed, and is determined by the text to be printed. There are two types of stretching objects: a Data Field object printing a memo field and a Data Field object printing an one-2-many field (that is, a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords).

Locked	Determines whether the object is locked or not. When an object is locked, you cannot move or resize it.

You can modify the following properties from the Format toolbar:

Font Name	The typeface of the font.

Font Size	The point size of the font.

Font Style -

 Bold	Determines if the bold font style is used.

Font Style -

 Italic	Determines if the italic font style is used.

Font Style -

 Underline	Determines if the underline font style is used.

Text Color	The text color of the object.

Background

 Color	The background color of the object.

Text

 Alignment	Specifies how text is aligned within the object:

Left justify - Align text to the left side of the object.

Center - Center text horizontally in the object.

Right justify - Align text to the right side of the object.

Notes

•	You must select the object to set properties from the Format toolbar.


Combination Field object

The Combination Field object "combines" the text of two or more objects into one object.

For example, you may want to print Author and Title like this:

Scott Adams - The Dilbert Future

If you just add these two fields to the report, you may get a result like this:

Scott Adams                                          The Dilbert Future

Instead, add the two fields to the report and set their Visible property to False. Then, add a combination field based on these two fields.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the object):

Edit	Specifies the objects that are included in the Combination Field object.

Note! You can only add Data Field, Calculate and System objects to a Combination Field object.

Auto Size	Use this property to make the object adjust its size automatically so the client area accommodates the height and width of the text to be printed. When Auto Size is selected, the size of the object is resized to the width and length of the text to be printed. When Auto Size is not selected, the object size is fixed.

Transparent	Determines whether the background of the report object is clear or opaque.

Suppress

 Repeated

 Values	When the value of the object is the same across several records, this property allows you to print the report object once each time the field value changes. This can be useful in reports where a highly redundant field has been included in the Detail band. If the detail band overflows onto a new page, the field will print again in the first Detail band printed on the next page.

Text Format	Specifies the text format:

Normal - The text appears in mixed case. It is not forced into any case.

Uppercase - The text is converted to uppercase.

Lowercase - The text is converted to lowercase.

Max Length	Use this property to limit the number of characters that is printed.

Note! A value of 0 indicates that there is no limit on the length.

Value If

 Empty	Specifies the text that is printed if the object contains no text (all data fields the combination field is based on are empty).

String

 Before	The string that is printed before the actual text of the object.

String

 After	The string that is printed after the actual text of the object.

Visible	Determines whether the report object will be printed.

Name	The name of the object.

Position	The position and size of the object.

Bottom

 Offset	Use this property to define the vertical space which should appear after a stretching object when it has printed.

Note! The Bottom Offset acts as a margin between the stretching object and the object which are stretching in relation to it.

Shift

 With Band	Applies to situations where a stretchable object is stretching. If this property is set, the report object will move based on the amount of stretching the stretchable object requires. When you want objects to appear at the bottom of a stretching band, this is a useful property.

Shift

 Relative To	Use this property to specify the stretching object this object should be positioned relative to.

If you position other report objects below a stretching object, you must set the Shift Relative To property. If not, the stretching object may stretch so that it covers the objects below it.

The height of a stretching object is not fixed, and is determined by the text to be printed. There are two types of stretching objects: a Data Field object printing a memo field and a Data Field object printing an one-2-many field (that is, a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords).

Locked	Determines whether the object is locked or not. When an object is locked, you cannot move or resize it.

You can modify the following properties from the Format toolbar:

Font Name	The typeface of the font.

Font Size	The point size of the font.

Font Style -

 Bold	Determines if the bold font style is used.

Font Style -

 Italic	Determines if the italic font style is used.

Font Style -

 Underline	Determines if the underline font style is used.

Text Color	The text color of the object.

Background

 Color	The background color of the object.

Text

 Alignment	Specifies how text is aligned within the object:

Left justify - Align text to the left side of the object.

Center - Center text horizontally in the object.

Right justify - Align text to the right side of the object.

Notes

•	You must select the object to set properties from the Format toolbar.


Shape object

The Shape object is used to print graphical shapes. The shape that is printed is determined by the Type property.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the object):

Type	Determines what type of shape is printed on the report:

Rectangle - The shape is a rectangle.

Square - The shape is a square.

Circle - The shape is a circle.

Ellipse - The shape is an ellipse.

Round Rectangle - The shape is a rectangle with rounded corners.

Round Square - The shape is a square with rounded corners.

Pen Width	Specifies the with of the line, in pixels, used to draw the outline of the shape.

Name	The name of the object.

Position	The position and size of the object.

Shift

 With Band	Applies to situations where a stretchable object is stretching. If this property is set, the report object will move based on the amount of stretching the stretchable object requires. When you want objects to appear at the bottom of a stretching band, this is a useful property.

Shift

 Relative To	Use this property to specify the stretching object this object should be positioned relative to.

If you position other report objects below a stretching object, you must set the Shift Relative To property. If not, the stretching object may stretch so that it covers the objects below it.

The height of a stretching object is not fixed, and is determined by the text to be printed. There are two types of stretching objects: a Data Field object printing a memo field and a Data Field object printing an one-2-many field (that is, a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords).

Stretch

 With Band	Determines whether the height of the object stretches to match any stretching done by the band due to a stretchable object that is stretching. All stretching occurs vertically, and only vertical lines will stretch.

Locked	Determines whether the object is locked or not. When an object is locked, you cannot move or resize it.

You can modify the following properties from the Format toolbar:

Pen color	The color used to draw the outline of the shape.

Fill

Color	The color used to fill the contents of the shape.

Notes

•	You must select the object to set properties from the Format toolbar.


Line object

The Line object is used to print vertical or horizontal lines. The orientation of the line is determined by the Orientation property. Use the Type property to control whether a single or double line is printed.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the object):

Orientation	Determines the orientation of the line.

Horizontal - A horizontal line is printed.

Vertical - A vertical line is printed.

Type	Determines whether a single or double line is printed.

Single - A single line is printed.

Double - Two parallel lines are printed.

Pen Width	Specifies the with of the line in pixels.

Name	The name of the object.

Position	The position and size of the object.

Shift

 With Band	Applies to situations where a stretchable object is stretching. If this property is set, the report object will move based on the amount of stretching the stretchable object requires. When you want objects to appear at the bottom of a stretching band, this is a useful property.

Shift

 Relative To	Use this property to specify the stretching object this object should be positioned relative to.

If you position other report objects below a stretching object, you must set the Shift Relative To property. If not, the stretching object may stretch so that it covers the objects below it.

The height of a stretching object is not fixed, and is determined by the text to be printed. There are two types of stretching objects: a Data Field object printing a memo field and a Data Field object printing an one-2-many field (that is, a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords).

Shift

 With Band	Applies to situations where a stretchable object is stretching. If this property is set, the report object will move based on the amount of stretching the stretchable object requires. When you want objects to appear at the bottom of a stretching band, this is a useful feature.

Locked	Determines whether the object is locked or not. When an object is locked, you cannot move or resize it.

You can modify the following properties from the Format toolbar:

Pen color	The color used to draw the line.

Notes

•	You must select the object to set properties from the Format toolbar.


Image object

Use the Image object to print a graphical image. BookCAT supports BMP, GIF and JPG image formats.

You can modify the following properties from the popup menu (click with the right mouse button on the object):

Center	Determines whether the image is centered inside the object.

Stretch	Determines whether the image is scaled to fit inside the object.

Name	The name of the object.

Position	The position and size of the object.

Scale	Lets you specify the size of the image in percent of the original size.

Shift

 With Band	Applies to situations where a stretchable object is stretching. If this property is set, the report object will move based on the amount of stretching the stretchable object requires. When you want objects to appear at the bottom of a stretching band, this is a useful property.

Shift

 Relative To	Use this property to specify the stretching object this object should be positioned relative to.

If you position other report objects below a stretching object, you must set the Shift Relative To property. If not, the stretching object may stretch so that it covers the objects below it.

The height of a stretching object is not fixed, and is determined by the text to be printed. There are two types of stretching objects: a Data Field object printing a memo field and a Data Field object printing an one-2-many field (that is, a data field that can contain an arbitrary number of items, for example Author or Keywords).

Locked	Determines whether the object is locked or not. When an object is locked, you cannot move or resize it.


To print a report

1.	Click the Print button on the toolbar or choose Print from the File menu.

You see the Print dialog box. Click OK to print the report.

Notes

•	If you just want to check the report layout, hold down Ctrl while you choose the print command, and BookCAT will only print the first page of the report.


To preview a report

1.	Click the Print Preview button on the toolbar or choose Print Preview from the File menu.

You see the Print Preview dialog box.

2.	Use the navigator buttons to move to another page.

3.	Use the Whole Page, Page Width or 100% buttons to alter the zoom level. You can also specify the zoom level in the Zoom text box and then press Enter to activate the new zoom level.

4.	Click the Print button to send to report to the printer.

Notes

•	If you just want to check the report layout, hold down Ctrl while you choose the print command, and BookCAT will only preview the first page of the report.


To specify grid options

You can use the invisible grid to help to position report objects. Think of the grid as a series of row and column coordinates. The Report Designer allows you to position objects at these coordinates, not between them. In this way it makes it very easy for you to position objects in your report.

If you attempt to position a report object between grid coordinates, the Report Designer "snaps" the object to the grid, that is, moves the object automatically to the nearest coordinate.

1.	Choose Grid Options from the View menu.

You see the Grid Options dialog box.

2.	In the Grid size X field, specify the grid spacing in pixels along the x-axis. Specify a higher number to increase grid spacing.

3.	In the Grid size Y field, specify the grid spacing in pixels along the y-axis. Specify a higher number to increase grid spacing.

4.	Select the Snap to grid check box to automatically align objects with the nearest gridline. You cannot place an object "in between" gridlines.

5.	Click the OK button to activate the changes.

Notes

•	The "snap to grid" feature is not used when you move report objects with the arrow keys.

•	If you do not want to use the grid, deselect the Snap to grid check box.


To specify units of measurement

You can use either centimeters or inches as units of measurement.

1.	To use centimeters, choose Units / Centimeters from the View menu.

To use inches, choose Units / Inches from the View menu.

This setting indicates the measuring system to be used for expressing the value of all size and position related properties.


About the Report menu

BookCAT comes with more than 80 pre-defined reports! All these reports are automatically added to the Report menu the first time BookCAT is run.

You can easily modify the contents of the Report menu yourself; add new reports, remove reports or update the action that is performed when a report is chosen from the menu (print the report, preview it on screen, show the Report Options dialog box or bring up the Report Designer).


To choose a report from the menu

1.	Click Report on the menu bar in the main window. You see the contents of the Report menu.

The first menu option is Report Designer. Choose this option to bring up the Report Designer, which you use to modify existing reports or create new reports.

The second menu option is Edit Menu. Choose this option to activate the Edit Report Menu dialog box, which you use to modify the contents of the Report menu.

Below the horizontal divider you find the reports you can choose from the menu. By default, the reports are grouped by Book, Contents, Loan Transaction and Lookup. These groups correspond to the four types of reports you can create.

2.	Select the report you want to print.


To add a menu item

1.	Choose Edit Menu from the Report menu.

You see the Edit Report Menu dialog box.

The contents of the menu is displayed in a so-called “tree view”. You can add both “headings”, separators and reports to the menu.

When you add a heading, a sub-menu is created. A sub-menu can contain an unlimited number of menu items (including new sub-menus), and is useful for grouping the contents of the menu. For example, the default menu structure contains four main headings: Book, Contents, Loan Transaction and Lookup. These headings correspond to the four types of reports you can create.

2.	Click the Add button.

You see the Add Menu Item dialog box.

3.	Specify the item type.

Heading - A heading item can contain an unlimited number of sub-items, and is useful for grouping the contents of the menu.

Separator - The menu item is a line that separates the menu into parts.

Report - The menu item is a report. When the menu item is chosen, the report is previewed, printed or loaded in the Report Options dialog box or the Report Designer.

4.	If the menu item is a report, select the action that is performed. If not, proceed to step 9.

Print report - Print the report when the menu item is chosen.

Preview report - Preview the report when the menu item is chosen.

Show Report Options dialog box - Show the Report Options dialog box when the menu item is chosen.

Show Report Designer - Open the report in the Report Designer with the report loaded when the menu item is chosen.

5.	Click the Browse button.

You see the Specify Report File dialog box.

6.	Choose the report file you want to add to the menu.

7.	Click the Open button.

You see the report file name, including the path, in the File name text box.

8.	In the Title field, type the title of the menu item. The title is displayed in the menu.

Note! To add an accelerator character, include an ampersand (&) before the character. For example, &Overview will be displayed as Overview in the menu. You can then press O to active it when the menu is opened.

9.	Click the OK button to add the item to the menu.

10.	In the Edit Report Menu dialog box, click the OK button to update the menu.


To modify a menu item

1.	Choose Edit Menu from the Report menu.

You see the Edit Report Menu dialog box.

2.	From the list of menu items, select the menu item you want to modify.

3.	Click the Edit button.

You see the Edit Menu Item dialog box.

4.	Make the necessary modifications.

5.	Click the OK button to save the changes.

6.	In the Edit Report Menu dialog box, click the OK button to update the menu.


To rearrange the menu items

1.	Choose Edit Menu from the Report menu.

You see the Edit Report Menu dialog box.

2.	You rearrange the items in the list by using drag and drop.

Click on the item you want to move, and drag it to it's new position.

3.	Click the OK button to update the menu.

Notes

•	To move the selected item up one position, click with the right mouse button and choose Move Up from the popup menu.

•	To move the selected item up down one position, click with the right mouse button and choose Move Up from the popup menu.


To remove a menu item

1.	Choose Edit Menu from the Report menu.

You see the Edit Report Menu dialog box.

2.	From the list of menu items, select the menu item you want to remove.

3.	Click the Remove button.

Confirm that you want to remove this item by pressing the OK button.

4.	Click the OK button to update the menu.

Notes

•	When you remove a report item, BookCAT does not delete the report file.


FAQ: The lookup table is not available!

If a lookup table is not available in the Choose Lookup Table dialog box, it is because you have told BookCAT that you do not want to use the table in the Field Definitions dialog box. It could also be that you have used the Data Field Wizard to choose the fields you want to use. If you chose not to use a field linked to a lookup table (for example Binding), the lookup table was deactivated.

To activate a lookup table.


To activate a lookup table

1.	Choose Field Definitions from the Tools menu.

You see the Field Definitions dialog box.

2.	Select the table you want to activate.

3.	Select Yes from the Use column.

4.	Click the OK button to save the changes and close the dialog box.


FAQ: How do I delete books?

Deleting books is a two-step process:

A.	Mark the book(s) as deleted.

B.	Remove the book(s) from the database.

To delete books.


FAQ: How do I temporarily disable the Auto Capitalize feature?
FAQ: How do I disable the Auto Capitalize feature?

If Automatic Field Capitalization is selected in the Preferences dialog box, is there a key to use so that a word that you don't want capitalized, stays lower case?

Yes, hold down the F12 key as you type!


FAQ: How do I use the Sort by field?

All lookup lists contain a Sort by field. The value you specify in this field is always used when sorting on the lookup entry. This enables you to separate the value included in lists and reports from the value used when creating the sort order.

For example, in the Personal Rating table the various ratings are sorted with the highest rating first since the Sort by field contains a numerical sequence starting at 1:

Rating	Sort by

Excellent	01

Very Good	02

Good	03

Mediocre	04

Poor	05

Total Flop	06

The Sort by field is also useful for person names if you want to sort on last name. We recommend that you use the format Last name, Fist name in the Person and Borrower tables. For example, if you specify Smith, John in the Sort by field and John Smith in the Name field in the Person table, the lookup item is sorted under “S”, but John Smith is printed in reports.

In addition to all lookup tables, both the Book and Contents tables have a Sort by field linked to the Title field. The value in the Sort by field is automatically used when sorting on the title. For example, if you type “The Hobbit” in the title field and “Hobbit, The” in the Sort by field, the book is sorted under “H” and not “T”.


FAQ: The Find by command does not work!

When you use one of the Find by commands (available from the Book menu in the main window and from the Contents menu in the Contents View window), BookCAT executes the search based on the active sort order.

If you specify a value that does not exist, BookCAT searches for the first entry (that is, book or section) where the field begins with the specified value. If the first field in the sort order is not the same as the field you are searching in, the result may not be what you expect.

For example, if the books are sorted by ISBN and you choose Find by Title and specify "H", BookCAT searches for the first entry from the top of the list in the Browse window where the title begins with "H". The entry that was found would probably be different if the books were sorted by Title instead of ISBN.


FAQ: How do I deactivate the report filter?

The report will not print anything, saying that there are no records matching the filter. I am not trying to filter anything!

To deactivate the filter, first open the report in the Report Designer. From the Report menu, choose Include, and then All from the sub-menu. You can also press the Include All button on the toolbar (button no. 7 from the left). Then choose Save from the File menu to save the changes.


FAQ: Is it possible to change the left margin?

Yes, just follow this procedure:

1.	Choose Report Designer from the Report menu.

2.	In the Report Designer window, choose Open from the File menu and open the desired report.

3.	Choose Page Setup from the File menu and specify the new left margin.

4.	Choose Save from the File menu to save the changes.


FAQ: How do I change the tab titles in the Book and Contents Edit windows?

You can not do this in the current version. We might add this feature in a future version.


Tips & Tricks: Specifying names in lookup tables
Specifying names in lookup tables

When you add new items to the Person or Borrower lookup tables, we recommend that you always fill in the Sort by field first if you use the Last name, First name format. When you tab out of the Sort by field (or save the item), BookCAT will automatically fill in the Name field if it is empty. If the Sort by field contains a comma, the string after the comma is moved to the beginning of the name and the comma is removed.

For example, type Smith, John in the Sort by field, press Tab, and BookCAT fills in John Smith in the Name field. This is a great time saver!


Tips and Tricks: Database navigator hot keys
Database navigator hot keys

In all windows/dialog boxes where you see the database navigator, you can use the following hot keys:

F5	Go to the first record

F6	Go to the previous record

F7	Go to the next record

F8	Go to the last record

Ctrl+E	Activate edit mode

Ctrl+L	Cancel edit mode

Ctrl+N	Add a new record

Ctrl+R	Refresh the recordset (that is, update the sort order)

Ctrl+S	Save changes

By using the hot keys you avoid switching from the keyboard to the mouse (and vice versa), which adds a lot of time to the data entry process.

Notes

•	Not all hot keys are always available. For example, the Refresh command (Ctrl+R) is not available when you are modifying the contents of a lookup table.


Tips & Tricks: Printing the first page only
Printing the first page only

Do you want to print only one page as a test to see if the report layout is OK?

Simply hold down Ctrl while you choose the print command, and BookCAT will print only the first page of the report!


Using the tutorial

If you have never used BookCAT before, we strongly recommend that you go through the entire tutorial. Even if you have used the 16-bit version before, you should at least have a quick look at it. There are many new features!

This tutorial introduces you to each of the main BookCAT features to get you working productively as quickly as possible. The tutorial has six lessons that you must do in order. You do not need to do all six lessons at once. The tutorial is designed to allow you to do as many lessons as you want in a session.

Most of the examples in this tutorial are referring to the sample database (Sample.mdb) that was copied to the Data folder (C:\Program Files\BookCAT32\Data by default) when you installed BookCAT. If you have deleted any information from this database, we recommend that you rename it to Sample2.mdb and then reinstall BookCAT. The setup application will not overwrite any databases that already exists, this is why you have to rename the database. You also need to ensure that all reports, views and templates that were installed to the Reports, Views and Templates folders are available. If not, some of the instructions in this tutorial will work.

Because you will need to switch back and forth between the tutorial and BookCAT, we recommend that you close all other application before you begin. To switch between the tutorial and BookCAT, use the key combination Alt + Tab.

Each lesson is divided into topics. To move within a topic, use the scroll bar or the Page Up and Page Down keys. To move to the next topic, click the Next button on the toolbar in the help window. To move to the previous topic, click the Previous button. If you want to print a topic, simply click the Print button.

If you have any questions when you are using BookCAT, remember that context-sensitive help is available if you click on the ? button at the top of the active window, and then click the item you want information about. If the window does not have the ? button, look for a Help button, or try pressing the F1 key.

To start, click on the lesson you want to work with:

Lesson 1: Getting Started

Lesson 2: Data Entry

Lesson 3: Viewing Information

Lesson 4: Searching and Querying

Lesson 5: Working with Reports

Lesson 6: Other Tasks


What you will learn in lesson 1

When you have finished this lesson, you will be able to do the following tasks:

•	Close a database

•	Open a database

•	Navigate in the Browse window

•	Mark books and sections

•	Work with subsets

•	Use the contents view

•	Select a field from a field list

Click the Next button on the toolbar to proceed to the next topic!


Closing the open database

In BookCAT, you work with databases. A database is simply a file on your hard disk, with the extension .MDB, that contains all the information you have entered into the database. You cannot do anything useful with BookCAT unless a database is open. This is just the same as with any word processor, you cannot do anything unless a file is open.

You can have as many databases as you like, but only one database can be open at a time. You see the name of the open database on the title bar of the main BookCAT window. On the File menu, you find the commands you use when you work with databases (for example Open Database or Backup Database).

The first time you started BookCAT, the sample database was automatically opened. The database that is open when you exit the program, is automatically opened the next time you start BookCAT.

Let us begin by closing the open database:

1.	Choose Close Database from the File menu.

Notice how all buttons on the toolbar are disabled (grayed out) when no database is open. The same is true for all items (text boxes, lists, buttons etc.) in the Book, Contents and Browse windows. If you open one of the menus (for example the Book menu), you see that all menu options are disabled (except for some options on the File menu).

Notes

•	If the Close Database command is disabled, it means that no database is currently open!

Click the Next button on the toolbar to proceed to the next topic!


Opening the sample database

Since you cannot do anything useful with BookCAT when no database is open, let us open the sample database. This database was copied to the Data folder (C:\Program Files\BookCAT32\Data by default) when you installed BookCAT.

To open the sample database:

1.	Choose Open Database from the File menu.

You see the Open Database dialog box.

2.	Choose the following path if you installed BookCAT to the \Program Files\BookCAT32 folder on your C drive:

C:\Program Files\BookCAT32\Data

If you changed the installation drive or folder, adjust the path accordingly.

3.	Select Sample.mdb from the list.

4.	Choose Open, or double click the database name, to open the database.

BookCAT now opens the sample database. Depending on how powerful your PC is, this may take from a few seconds and up to a minute.

Notes

•	If you do not exit the program by choosing Exit from the File menu, for example if a system error occurs or there is a power-failure, you may get an error message the next time you try to open the database. If this happens, choose Repair Database from the Tools menu to repair the database.


Navigating in the Browse window

When you work with your collection, you will probably find it most practical to navigate using the Browse window. This window displays a list of the books in your database.

First, make sure the Browse window is visible:

1.	Choose Browse from the Window menu, or press Ctrl+B.

Simply click on a book to activate it. Notice how the Book and the Contents windows are updated when a new book is selected in the Browse window.

You can also use the navigate buttons on the toolbar. For example, click the First button to go to the first book in the list or the Next button to go to the next book. The following hot keys are available:

F5	first book

F6	previous book

F7	next book

F8	last book

Notes

•	If you want to activate the Book window, simply double click in the browse list.

•	You can resize the columns by dragging the column separators on the title row.


Marking books

BookCAT allows you to mark books. Marking and unmarking books can be extremely useful if you want to select different books based on specific criteria (for example, all books written by a specific author) for a pending action. You may view, edit, search among, or even print only the books that have been marked.

The checkmark button (looks like a "V") on the toolbar indicates whether the current book is marked or not. If the button is "in" (pressed), the book is marked. If it is “out” (released), the book is not marked. You can mark or unmark all books by using the mark commands on the Book menu.

To unmark all books:

1.	Choose Mark / Unmark All from the Book menu.

Notice section two on the statusbar. It shows how many books the database contains, and how many that are marked. If the database contains 23 books, the statusbar should now display 0 / 23. The zero means that none of the books are marked.

To mark and then unmark the current book:

1.	Choose Mark / Current Book from the Book menu, or simply click the Mark button on the toolbar. You can also press Ctrl+M.

2.	Repeat the command to unmark the book.

Notice how the statusbar is updated when you use the Mark command.

Notes

•	You can also mark / unmark books by clicking the checkbox at the far left of the browse list.


Working with the book subset

By default, BookCAT displays all books in your database. If you want to view only the books that are marked, the subset, use the Subset command on the View menu. This is very useful when you want to look at just some of the books (for example all books written by a specific author).

To activate the subset:

1.	Mark some of the books by clicking on the checkbox at the far left of the browse list.

2.	Choose Subset from the View menu, or click the Subset button on the toolbar. You can also press F9.

As you see, BookCAT now only displays the books that are marked. The Subset button on the toolbar is “in” (pressed), indicating that the subset is active.

To deactivate the subset:

1.	Choose Subset from the View menu, or click the Subset button on the toolbar (or press F9).

The Subset button on the toolbar is now “out” (released), indicating that the subset is not active.


Using the contents view

The database has two levels of information: book and contents. One information level for the actual book (author, title, publisher, price, location etc.), and one level for the contents (chapters, short stories, individual essays, etc.) of the book (title, page from, page to, keywords etc.).

It's up to you whether you want to register contents information or not. For most books you will probably not want to do this, but this feature can be extremely useful in certain situations (for example if the book contains multiple short stories by various authors).

When you add a new book or look at existing books, BookCAT displays the sections (in the Contents window) in the same order as they appear in the book. Occasionally you may want to look at sections without regard to the book in which they are located.

Let us now activate the contents view:

1.	Choose Contents View from the Contents menu or click the Contents View button on the toolbar.

If one or more sections are marked, BookCAT asks if you want to view only the marked sections. Answer No.

2.	You see the Contents View window. You can now browse the sections the same way you browse the books.

Notes

•	We recommend that you maximize the window.

•	To edit the active section, choose Edit from the Contents menu or double click the section.

•	It is not possible to add new sections or delete existing sections from the Contents View window.


Marking sections

You can mark sections the same way you mark books.

The checkmark button (looks like a "V") on the toolbar indicates whether the current section is marked or not. If the button is "in" (pressed), the section is marked. If it is “out” (released), the section is not marked. You can mark or unmark all sections by using the commands on the Contents menu.

To unmark all sections:

1.	Choose Mark / Unmark All from the Contents menu.

Notice section two on the statusbar. It shows how many sections the database contains, and how many that are marked. If the database contains 28 sections, the statusbar should now display 0 / 28. The zero means that none of the sections are marked.

To mark and then unmark the current sections:

1.	Choose Mark / Current Section from the Contents menu, or simply click the Mark button on the toolbar. You can also press Ctrl+M.

2.	Repeat the command to unmark the section.

Notice how the statusbar is updated when you use the Mark command.

Notes

•	You can also mark / unmark sections by clicking the checkbox at the far left of the browse list.


Working with the contents subset

By default, BookCAT displays all sections in the Contents View window. If you want to view only the sections that are marked, the subset, use the Subset command on the View menu. This is very useful when you want to look at just some of the sections in the database (for example, all short stories).

To activate the subset:

1.	Mark some of the sections by clicking on the checkbox at the far left of the browse list.

2.	Choose Subset from the View menu, or click the Subset button on the toolbar. You can also press F9.

As you see, BookCAT now only displays the sections that are marked. The Subset button on the toolbar is “in” (pressed), indicating that the subset is active.

To deactivate the subset:

1.	Choose Subset from the View menu, or click the Subset button on the toolbar (or press F9).

The Subset button on the toolbar is now “out” (released), indicating that the subset is not active.


Selecting a field from a field list

When you need to select a data field, for example, to create a report or define a sort order, you select the field from a so-called “tree view”. A tree view is a user interface control that displays a hierarchical list of items, similar to the left pane in Windows Explorer. Each item in the list consists of a text label and an icon.

To select a field in the Simple Search dialog box:

1.	Choose Simple from the Search menu.

You see the Simple Search dialog box.

Let us now select the Title field in the Book table.

2	You select the field from the drop-down list in the upper left corner. Click the Down button to see the contents of the drop-down list.

The first item in the list represents the open database. To the right of the icon you see the name of the database (just the filename, without the drive and folder).

On the next level below the database item you see one or more items representing the available tables. The number of available tables depends on the function being performed. For example, if you are defining a sort order for the books in the Browse window, you can only choose fields from the Book table. If you are creating a loan transaction report, you can choose fields from the Book, Borrower, and Loan Transaction tables.

On the next level below the table item you see the fields in the table. To make it easier to locate the desired field, most of the fields are grouped. The groups correspond to the tabs in the data entry windows. For example, all the fields on the Library tab in the Book window are found under the Library group in the tree view.

3.	To select the field, double click on the Title item below the Book item.

The drop-down lists now displays Book.Title to indicate that the Title field in the Book table is selected.

4.	You can also select a field by just typing the table and field name and then press Enter.

Let's try this; type Contents.Keywords and press Enter.

BookCAT selects the Keywords field in the Contents table.

To check, click the Down button to display the contents of the drop-down list.

5.	Close the Simple Search by choosing Close Window from the File menu.

This is the end of lesson 1. You can continue with Lesson 2 now, or close BookCAT and complete the tutorial at a later time. When you close BookCAT, the tutorial closes.

If you want to continue with lesson 2 now, click here.


What you will learn in lesson 2

When you have finished this lesson, you will be able to do the following tasks:

•	Create a database

•	Add book information

•	Add contents information (sections)

•	Add and modify lookup information

•	Transfer information between databases

Click the Next button on the toolbar to proceed to the next topic!


Creating a new database

In this lesson we will start by creating a new empty database.

To create the new database:

1.	Choose New Database from the File menu.

You see the Create New Database – Specify File Name dialog box.

2.	Select the drive and directory where you want to create the database. We recommend that you create the database in the BookCAT32\Data folder. This folder is selected by default, unless the open database is located in another folder.

3.	In the File name text box, type test. The file extension identifying the database, .MDB, is added automatically when the database is created.

4.	Choose Save.

You see the Create New Database dialog box.

5.	Select Field level / Standard. This tells BookCAT to create a database with all fields in use, except the internal fields (Deleted, Image Type, Image Compressed etc.).

6.	Choose OK.

BookCAT creates the database and opens it. The path and file name of the database is displayed on the title bar of the main BookCAT window. You can now begin adding information.


Adding a new book (chapters)

We will now register The King's Commissar by Duncan Kyle:

1.	Choose New from the Book menu or press the New button on the toolbar.

BookCAT activates the Book window. You are now ready to begin adding information.

Notice how the first section of the statusbar displays New. This indicates that a new book is added, but it has not yet been saved.

2.	Type The King's Commissar in the Title field.

Press Tab to move the cursor to the Author field (since the Author list is empty, BookCAT moves the focus to the button to the right of the author list).

Notice how BookCAT automatically updates the Sort by field when you tab out of the Title field.

3.	Click the … button to the right of the Author field.

You see the Choose Author dialog box. In this dialog box you specify the author that has written the book. Since we have just created the database, the Person lookup table is empty.

4.	Press the + button to add a new person.

You see the New Person dialog box.

5.	Press Tab to move the cursor to the Sort by field, and then type Kyle, Duncan.

Press Tab again. Notice how BookCAT automatically updates the Name field when you tab out of the Sort by field!

6.	Click Save to save the new person.

BookCAT closes the New Person dialog box. As you can see, Duncan Kyle is now available in the lookup list and BookCAT has automatically added him to the list on the right.

7.	Click OK to close the dialog box.

You see that Duncan Kyle is now displayed in the Author field.

8.	Press Tab to move the cursor to the Type field. Then, select Book: Fiction from the drop-down list.

9.	Press Tab again. The cursor is now in the Reference No field.

When the book is saved for the first time BookCAT will generate an unique reference number if this field is empty (if this feature is activated in the Preferences dialog box). You can also tell BookCAT to generate a new number by clicking with the right mouse button and choose Generate from the popup menu.

10.	Press Tab and type 1983 in the Publish Date field (ignore the day and month sections in the text box).

11.	Let us now specify Hardcover in the Binding field using the AutoComplete feature.

First, click with the mouse in the Binding field.

Start by typing H. The AutoComplete feature suggests a match based on the contents of the lookup table. The field now contains Hardcover. You only had to type the first letter!

9.	That's it, we don't want to add more information about this book for now.

To save the changes, choose Save from the Book menu or click the Save button on the toolbar.

Notes

•	If you are unsure of what information you are supposed to specify in a field, press the Help button on the toolbar and then click on the field.

•	You are not required to save the book manually, BookCAT will automatically save any changes when you choose one of the menu options.


Adding the chapters (contents information)

Before you continue, it's important that you understand how BookCAT organizes information. The BookCAT database has two levels of information: book and contents. One information level for the actual book (author, title, publisher, price, location etc.) and one level for the contents (chapters, short stories, individual essays, etc.) of the book (title, page from, page to, keywords etc.). It's up to you whether you want to register contents information or not. For most books you will probably not want to do this, but this feature can be extremely useful in certain situations (for example if the book contains multiple short stories by various authors, or if you want to register the chapters of the book).

Let us now add the chapters in this book. When registering chapters you have two options:

A.	Register each chapter as a separate section.

B.	Register one section with the same name as the book, and add the chapters to the Chapters field.

If you later want to handle each chapter as a separate entry (for example when searching, printing reports, or in the Contents View window) choose option A. However, in most cases you will probably choose option B.

In this tutorial we'll choose option B, that is, register one section with the same name as the book, and add the chapters to the Chapters field.

1.	Choose Contents from the Window menu to activate the Contents window.

2.	Click the New button in the Contents window.

If the Use Contents Template option (in the Preferences dialog box) is activated, you see the Contents Template dialog box. We don't want to use a template now, so just choose Use from the Template menu (when the template is empty BookCAT simply ignores it).

You see the Contents Edit window. First we will register a section with the same title and the same author as the book.

3.	Choose Use Book Title from the Edit menu, and then choose Use Book Author from the Edit menu. The Title and Author fields now contain the same as the Title and Author fields in the Book window.

4.	Select Novel from the Type drop-down list.

5.	We are now ready to begin adding the chapters of this book.

6.	Choose Edit Chapters from the Edit menu.

You see the Chapters dialog box.

7.	Click the Add button to add the first chapters (you can also press Ctrl + N).

The cursor is now in the Title field.

8.	Type His Debt Goes Marching On.

9.	Click the Add button to add the second chapter, and type An Account Of Events Which Took Place On The Evening Of Saturday, March 30th, 1918.

10.	Click the Add button to add the third chapter, and type The House Of Four Forks.

That's it, even though this book has 15 chapters this should be enough to show you how to register chapters.

11.	Click the OK button to close the dialog box and return to the Contents Edit window.

12.	Choose Close from the File menu to close the Contents Edit window.

Notice how the chapters are displayed in the Contents window.


Transferring data between databases

Now that you have added one book to the new database, we will transfer this book to the sample database that came with BookCAT.

1.	Choose Transfer from the File menu.

You see the Transfer dialog box.

2.	As you see, BookCAT has already specified the open database (test.mdb) as the “from” database. This is the database that the information will be transferred from, in other words; the source database.

You will now have to specify the sample database as the “to” database. This is the database that the information will be transferred to, in other words, the target database.

3.	Click the To database button (below the button with one down arrow and one up arrow).

You see the Specify Database to Transfer to dialog box.

4.	Choose the following path if you installed BookCAT to the \Program Files\BookCAT32 folder on your C drive:

C:\Program Files\BookCAT32\Data

If you changed the installation drive or folder, adjust the path accordingly.

5.	Select Sample.mdb from the list and click Open, or just double click on Sample.mdb.

6.	Select the Books check box.

7.	Click the Start button to transfer the book from test.mdb to sample.mdb.

BookCAT asks you to confirm that you want to transfer information to the sample database. Confirm this by clicking the Yes button.

The book is now transferred to the sample database. Choose Open Database from the File menu to open this database (Sample.mdb). Do you see the book you just added in the Browse window?


Adding a new book (short stories)

We will now add a book (Short Fictions - Stores from the English-speaking world of today) that contains multiple short stories by various authors:

1.	Make sure the Sample.mdb database is opened.

Choose New from the Book menu or press the New button on the toolbar.

2.	Type Short Fictions in the Title field.

Press Tab to move the cursor to the Author field (since the Author list is empty, BookCAT moves the focus to the button to the right of the author list).

3.	As this book contains multiple short stories by various authors, we will not add these authors to the author field now. Instead, we will first register the short stories, and then use the Use Contents Author(s) command to fill in the book author field.

4.	In the Subtitle field, type Stories From The English-Speaking World Of Today.

That's it, we don't want to add more information about this book for now.

You are now ready to begin adding the contents of this book.


Adding the short stories (contents information)

Let us now add the first two short stories in this book:

1.	Choose Contents from the Window menu to activate the Contents window.

2.	Click the New button in the Contents window.

If the Use Contents Template option (in the Preferences dialog box) is activated, you see the Contents Template dialog box. We don't want to use a template now, so just choose Use from the Template menu (when the template is empty BookCAT simply ignores it).

You see the Contents Edit window.

3.	The first short story is Mortmain by Graham Greene.

Type Mortmain in the Title field.

4.	Click on the Author list with the right mouse button and choose Add from the popup menu.

You see the Add Author dialog box.

5.	Press the + button to add a new person.

You see the New Person dialog box.

6.	Press Tab to move the cursor to the Sort by field, and then type Greene, Graham.

Press Tab again. Notice how BookCAT automatically updates the Name field when you tab out of the Sort by field!

7.	Click the Save button.

As you can see, Graham Greene is now available in the lookup list and BookCAT has automatically selected this entry.

8.	Click the OK button to choose.

9.	Select Short Story from the Type drop-down list.

We will skip all the other fields for now.

10.	Choose New from the Contents menu to add the next short story.

11.	Type The Zulu and The Zeide in the Title field.

12.	The author is Dan Jacobson. Use the same technique as in step 4 - 8 to register the author.

13.	Select Short Story from the Type drop-down list.

We will skip all the other fields for now.

14.	That's it, you have now registered the first two short stories in this book.

Press the Close button (X) on the title bar of the window or choose Close from the File menu to close the Contents Edit window.

Notice how the short stories are displayed in the Contents window.

15.	We will now use the Use Contents Author(s) command to fill in the book author field.

First, activate the Book window by choosing Book from the Window menu.

Then, choose Use Contents Author(s) from the Edit menu. BookCAT automatically fetches all authors from the sections in this book (in this example, Graham Greene and Dan Jacobson) and adds them to the Author field.


A closer look at the Publisher lookup table

Now that you have learned how to register books and sections, let us take a closer look at the lookup tables.

Lookup tables contain information that you add once, and then reuse later. The Publisher lookup table is a good example. Information about the publisher (name, address, etc.) is added to the Publisher table the first time you register a book published by this publisher. Later, you simply choose the name from a list. When you modify an entry in a lookup table, for example to fix a typing error, the change will be reflected in all fields that are linked to this lookup table.

To view the contents of the Publisher lookup table:

1.	Choose Edit Table from the Lookup menu.

You see the Choose Lookup Table dialog box.

2.	Select Publisher and click OK, or simply double click on Publisher.

You see the Lookup Publisher dialog box. From this dialog box, you can modify the contents of the lookup table; add new entries, edit existing entries or delete entries.

3.	Notice the text box above the list. As you type, BookCAT tries to locate a matching entry in the list.

For example, type F and BookCAT locates the first publisher whose name starts with F.

Note! This search is based on the Sort by field, not the Name field.

4.	To activate the Details tab, simply press Enter.


What you will learn in lesson 3

When you have finished this lesson, you will be able to do the following tasks:

•	Create a browse layout

•	Create a sort order

•	Use a pre-defined view

•	Create a new view

•	Use filter in a view

Click the Next button on the toolbar to proceed to the next topic!


Creating a new book browse layout

Let us start this lesson by changing the browse layout in the Browse window. Author, Title and Publish Date are included in the default layout. You can define as many new layouts as you like.

To create a layout with Title, Author, ISBN and Pages:

1.	Choose Browse Layout from the View menu.

You see the Browse Layout Book dialog box.

The list box displays all available layouts. By default, only Default Layout is available. You cannot modify or delete this layout.

2.	Click the + button to add a new layout.

You see the Edit Browse Layout dialog box.

3.	Type My Layout in the Title field. The layout title is displayed in the list of available layouts. Each layout title must be unique.

4.	Ms Sans Serif 8 points is used as the default font. To change this, click the Font button.

You see the Font dialog box.

5.	Specify Arial 10 points as the font to use. Click OK.

Note! Only the font name and font size is used. You specify the font style (bold or italic) for each column.

6.	Choose Title from the list of available fields by double clicking it.

The field is moved over to the list on the right. This list displays the columns in the browse layout.

7.	Repeat step 6 for Author, ISBN (in the General group) and Pages.

8.	Let us now have a look at the various properties we can set for each column.

Select Book.Title from the list on the right, then click the Properties tab.

9.	Select the Header / Bold check box. We want the column header in bold.

Click the Right arrow button to move to the next column.

10.	Select the Header / Bold check box.

Click the Right arrow button to move to the next column.

11.	Select the Header / Bold check box.

Click the Right arrow button to move to the last column.

12.	Select the Header / Bold check box.

13.	Click the OK button to save the browse layout and close the dialog box.

The list of available layouts now includes the new layout you just created.

14.	To activate the new layout, select it from the list and click the Use button.

15.	You can now resize the columns by dragging the column separators on the title row in the browse window.


Creating a new book sort order

By default the books are sorted by Author and Title. You can define as many new sort orders as you like.

To create a sort order based on Title:

1.	Choose Sort Order from the View menu.

You see the Sort Order Book dialog box.

The list box displays all available sort orders. By default, only Default Sort Order is available. You cannot modify or delete this sort order.

2.	Click the + button to add a new sort order.

You see the Edit Sort Order dialog box.

3.	Type My Sort Order in the Title field. The sort order title is displayed in the list of available sort orders. Each sort order title must be unique.

4.	Choose Title from the list of available fields by double clicking it.

The field is moved over to the list on the right. This list displays the fields in the sort order.

5.	Click the OK button to save the sort order and close the dialog box.

The list of available sort order now includes the new sort order you just created.

6.	To activate the new sort order, select it from the list and click the Use button.


Opening a pre-defined view

The Views module is great for getting an overview of your collection. For example, you can create a view of books grouped by author. The books are presented in a so-called tree view. Click on the plus-sign to the left of the author name, and you see a new branch with all books written by this author. You can get more detailed information about the various items in the view by using the right mouse button.

Let us begin by opening one of the pre-defined views:

1.	Choose Views from the View menu.

You see the Views window.

2. 	Choose Open from the File menu.

You see the Open View dialog box.

3.	Choose the following path if you installed BookCAT to the \Program Files\BookCAT32 folder on your C drive:

C:\Program Files\BookCAT32\Views

If you changed the installation drive or folder, adjust the path accordingly.

4.	Select PublishYear.vie from the list.

5.	Choose Open, or double click the file name, to open the view.

6.	Click the plus-sign to the left of 1973.

You see a list of all books in the database published in 1973.

7.	Select The Tower, click with the right mouse button on the list and choose Show Details from the popup menu.

You see the Show Details: The Tower dialog box which includes all details that are registered about this book.

8.	Click the Close button to close the dialog box.


Creating a view using a filter

We will now create a new view, and use a filter to limit the books that are included in the view:

1.	Choose New from the File menu to create a new view.

2.	First we need to select the fields to group on. The field we want to use is Publisher.

Select Publisher from the second drop-down list counting from the left (you find the Publisher field in the General group).

3.	Choose Refresh from the View menu, or click the Refresh button on the toolbar, to update the view.

4.	We will now define the filter.

Select Type from the first drop-down list on the left.

5.	In the leftmost list, you see a list of all entries in the Book Type lookup table.

Select Book: Fiction from this list.

6.	Choose Refresh from the View menu, or click the Refresh button on the toolbar to update the view.

Only books of this type (Fiction) are now included in the view.

7.	Click the plus-sign to the left of Berkely Books.

You see a list of all books published by this publisher.

8.	Select The Ghost of Flight 401, click with the right mouse button on the list and choose Show Details from the popup menu.

You see the Show Details: The Ghost of Flight 401 dialog box which includes all details that are registered about this book.

9.	Click the Close button to close the dialog box.

10.	If you want to save this view, choose Save from the File menu.


What you will learn in lesson 4

When you have finished this lesson, you will be able to do the following tasks:

•	Use the Quick Search command

•	Use the Simple Search command

•	Use the Subset and Show All options.

•	Use a pre-defined cross reference

•	Create a new cross reference

Click the Next button on the toolbar to proceed to the next topic!


Using the quick book search (show all)

Let us begin this lesson by using the most simple search type available; the quick search.

To search for all paperbacks in the sample database:

1.	Choose Quick / Book from the Search menu.

You see the Quick Search Book dialog box.

2.	Move the cursor to the Binding field, and select Paperback from the drop-down list.

3.	Deselect the Search Subset check box, if it is selected. This tells BookCAT to search in all books, both marked and unmarked.

4.	Select the Show all check box. This tells BookCAT to mark all books are found in the search, and then show these books (that is, activate the subset command).

5.	Click the Search button to execute the search.

When the search is completed, BookCAT displays the number of books that were found. Click the OK button to continue.

6.	Since we selected the Show all option, BookCAT marks all books that were found, and then activates the subset command. All books that matched the search criteria are now displayed in the Browse window.


Using the simple search (subset)

In this example we will search for the books published between 1970 and 1979 that were found in the previous search (that is, all paperbacks published in the 70's). To achieve this, we use the Search Subset option.

To search for books published between 1970 and 1979 using the Search Subset option:

1.	Choose Simple from the Search menu.

You see the Simple Search dialog box.

2.	From the drop-down list the cursor is in, select the Publish Date field from the Book table.

3.	Select Between from the operator drop-down list (the default operator is Is equal to).

4.	Specify 1970 in the first text box below, and 1979 in the second (simply ignore the day and month sections in the text boxes).

5.	Since we want to only search the subset, make sure the Search Subset button on the toolbar is “in” (pressed).

6.	Make sure the Show all button on the toolbar is “out” (released). This tells BookCAT to show only the first book that was found when the search is completed. You have to use the Show Next command on the Search menu to show the rest of the books.

7.	Click the Search button on the toolbar to execute the search.

When the search is completed, BookCAT displays the number of books that were found. Click the OK button to continue.

8.	BookCAT locates the first book that was found.

9.	We want to have a look at the next book. Choose Show Next from the Search menu, or click the Show Next button on the toolbar.

10.	If you want to have a closer look at the search result, choose Show Result from the Search menu, or click the Show Result button on the toolbar.

You see the Search Result dialog box.

11.	Double click a book to activate it.


Using a pre-defined cross reference

Using the Cross Reference (X-Ref) module is an extremely flexible way to search and query data. We will begin by using one of the pre-defined cross references.

1.	Choose X-Ref from the Search menu.

You see the X-Ref window.

2.	Choose Open from the File menu.

You see the Open X-Ref dialog box.

3.	Choose the following path if you installed BookCAT to the \Program Files\BookCAT32 folder on your C drive:

C:\Program Files\BookCAT32\XRef

If you changed the installation drive or folder, adjust the path accordingly.

4.	Select Author_Title.xrf from the list.

5.	Choose Open, or double click the file name, to open the x-ref.

This is a cross reference between an author and all books written by this author.

6.	Double click a different author in the list on the left and watch BookCAT update the book list.

7.	Notice the label above the list. Here BookCAT displays the “active” value that is used in the x-ref.

Single click on Bloch, Robert. As you see, nothing happens. To update the x-ref, press Enter or double click this author.

9.	Select Psycho II from the list of books. Then click with the right mouse button on the list and choose Show Details from the popup menu.

You see the Show Details: Psycho II dialog box which includes all details that are registered about this book.


Creating a new cross reference

In the last example in this lesson, we will create a cross reference between Publish Date and Title.

1.	Choose New from the File menu.

2.	Select the Publish Date field in the Book table from the leftmost drop-down list.

You see a list of all publish years in the database (BookCAT ignores the day and month).

3.	Select the Title field in the Book table from the next drop-down list.

You see a list of books published in the year selected in the leftmost list.

4.	Double click a different year and watch BookCAT update the list of books.

5.	To view details about a book, click with the right mouse button on the list of book titles and choose Show Details from the popup menu.

6.	If you want to save this x-ref, choose Save from the File menu and specify a file name.

This is the end of lesson 4. You can continue with Lesson 5 now, or close BookCAT and complete the tutorial at a later time. When you close BookCAT, the tutorial closes.

If you want to continue with lesson 5 now, click here.


What you will learn in lesson 5

When you have finished this lesson, you will be able to do the following tasks:

•	Choose a report from the Report menu

•	Modify the contents of the report menu

•	Modify a pre-defined report

•	Create a lookup report

•	Create a book report

•	Use columns

•	Select, move and resize report objects

•	Set report object properties

•	Break data into groups

•	Use a filter

Click the Next button on the toolbar to proceed to the next topic!


Choosing a report from the Report menu

BookCAT comes with more than 80 pre-defined reports! All these reports are automatically added to the Report menu the first time BookCAT is run.

1.	Click Report on the menu bar. You see the contents of the Report menu.

The first menu option is Report Designer. Choose this option to bring up the Report Designer, which you use to modify existing reports or create new reports.

The second menu option is Edit Menu. Choose this option to activate the Edit Menu dialog box, which you use to modify the contents of the Report menu.

Below the horizontal divider you find the reports you can choose from the menu. By default, the reports are group by Book, Contents, Loan Transaction and Lookup. These groups correspond to the four types of reports you can create.

Let us begin by printing an overview of all books in the sample database.

2.	Choose Book / Overview from the Report menu.

BookCAT opens the report and displays the Report Options dialog box.

3.	Select Send to / Screen and click the Print button.

BookCAT displays the Print Preview dialog box with the first page in the report.

4.	Click the Next Page button to show page 2.

5.	You can alter the zoom level by pressing the Whole Page, Page Width or 100% buttons. You can also specify the zoom level in the Zoom text box and then press Enter to activate it.

Click the Page Width button.

Type 50 in the Zoom text box and press Enter.

6.	Click the Print button.

You see the Print dialog box.

You can specify whether you want to print all pages, the current page only or a range of pages.

7.	Select Current Page and click the OK button.

BookCAT prints page 2.

8.	Click the Close button to close the Print Preview dialog box.

9.	In the Report Options dialog box, click the Close button.


Modifying a pre-defined report a pre-defined report
Modifying a pre-defined report

You modify existing reports and create new reports in the Report Designer. In this example we will open one of the pre-defined reports that came with BookCAT and make some small modifications.

1.	Choose Report Designer from the Report menu.

You see the Report Designer window.

Note! The Report Designer window may take a few seconds to load.

2.	Choose Open from the File menu.

You see the Open Report dialog box.

3.	Choose the following path if you installed BookCAT to the \Program Files\BookCAT32 folder on your C drive:

C:\Program Files\BookCAT32\Reports\Book

If you changed the installation drive or folder, adjust the path accordingly.

4.	Select ListDefault.rpt from the list.

5.	Choose Open, or double click the file name, to open the report.

This is a very simple columnar report, that prints three columns with book data just like the default browse layout in the Browse window. On the top of each page, the field names are printed. On the bottom on each page, the page number is printed. For each book, the report prints the Author, Title and Publish Date fields. The books are sorted by Author and Title (just like the default sort order) and no filter is defined (a filter limits what books that are included in the report).

6.	Let us start by changing the sort order. Choose Sort Order from the Report menu, or click the Sort Order button on the toolbar.

You see the Edit Sort Order dialog box.

7.	Double click on Book.Author in the list on the right to remove it from the sort order.

Do the same with Book.Title.

8.	Double click Publish Date in the list on the left.

The field is moved over to the list on the right. The books will now be sorted on the publish date.

9.	Click OK to use the new sort order.

10.	Let us now set the background color of the Page Header band to gray.

Click with the right mouse button on the white background in the Page Header band and choose Color from the popup menu.

You see the Color dialog box.

11.	Select a gray color from Basic colors, and click the OK button.

The background color of the Page Header band is now gray, but the background color of the three text labels is still white.

12.	Click with the left mouse button on Author text label (on the Page Header band) to select it.

Sizing handles appear around the label to indicate that it is selected.

13.	Hold down Ctrl when you click on the Title and Published text labels.

All three labels are now selected.

14.	Click the Fill Color button on the toolbar.

You see the Fill Color dialog box.

15.	Select the same gray color you did in step 11, then click the OK button,

All three labels now have the same background color as the Page Header band.

16.	Click the Preview button on the toolbar.

You see the Print Preview dialog box.

We will now save the report. First, close the dialog box by clicking the Close button.

17.	To save the report, choose Save As from the File menu.

You see the Save Report dialog box.

18.	Type CustomList.rpt in the File name text box, then click the Save button.


Creating a lookup report

We will now create a lookup report from scratch. Let us print the contents of the Personal Rating lookup table. We will include both the Personal Rating field and the Sort by field.

1.	Choose New from the File menu.

You see the Create New Report dialog box.

2.	Select Lookup, and choose Personal Rating from the drop-down list.

3.	Click the OK button to create the report.

4.	Let us begin by adding some text that will be printed on top of the first page.

Click the Text button on the toolbar and then click in the upper left corner of the Title band.

You see the Text dialog box.

5.	Type Personal Rating lookup table and click the OK button.

The text label is added to the Title band.

Make sure it is positioned it the upper left corner of the band. To move the field, simply click on it and drag it to the new position.

6.	Click on the text label to select it, and choose 20 from the Font Size drop-down list on the toolbar.

Click the Bold button, and then click the Text / Pen Color button on the toolbar.

You see the Text / Pen Color dialog box.

Select red from Basic colors and click the OK button.

7.	We do not need a Page Header band in this report.

Click with the right mouse button on the Page Header band and choose Hide from the popup menu.

8.	We do not need a Summary band in this report.

Click with the right mouse button on the Summary band and choose Hide from the popup menu.

9.	We want to add a page number field to the Page Footer band.

Click the System button on the toolbar and then click in the upper left corner of the Page Footer band.

The system field is added to the Page Footer band.

By default, the system field prints the current date. To specify that we want to print the page number, click with the right mouse button on the field and choose Type / Page Number Description from the popup menu.

10.	Make sure the font size for this field is set to 10 points. Simply click on the field to select it, and choose 10 from the Font Size drop-down list on the toolbar.

Make sure the text color is black (click the Text / Pen Color button on the toolbar).

Make sure the Bold button on the toolbar is out ("released").

Click with the right mouse button on the field and choose Size to Fit from the popup menu to reset the size.

11.	To change the height of the Page Footer band, click with the right mouse button on the band and choose Height from the popup menu.

You see the Height [Page Footer] dialog box.

12.	Specify a new height, for example 0.5 if you are using centimeters as report units or 0.25 if you are using inches as report units, and then click the OK button.

13.	It is now time to add some data fields to the report.

Click the Data Field button on the toolbar and then click on the Detail band.

You see the Choose Field dialog box.

14.	Select Personal Rating and click the OK button.

The Personal Rating field is added to the report.

Make sure it is positioned in the upper left corner of the Detail band. To move the field, simply click on it and drag it to the new position.

15.	Add the Sort by field by using the same procedure you used when you added the Personal Rating field.

Make sure it is positioned to the right of the Personal Rating field.

16.	To resize the two data fields, click to select a field and then drag the field’s surrounding sizing handles to increase or decrease the size of the object.

17.	To change the height of the Detail band, click on the title bar of the band (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the mouse button when the band has the desired height.

18.	Choose Save from the File menu to save the report.

You see the Save Report dialog box.

19.	Specify a file name in the File name text box, then click the Save button.

20.	Preview the report by clicking the Preview button on the toolbar.

You see the Print Preview dialog box.

If you want, press the Print button to print the report.

21.	Close the Print Preview dialog box by clicking the Close button.


Creating a group based report

In this example you will learn how to create a book report grouped by Author. Grouping a report means breaking the data into meaningful groups before it appears in your report. Data grouping is used to create easy-to-read blocks of data within your report.

1.	Choose New from the File menu.

You see the Create New Report dialog box.

2.	Select Book.

3.	Click the OK button to create the report.

4.	To create a group based on Author, choose Groups from the Report menu or click the Groups button on the toolbar.

You see the Groups dialog box.

5.	Select Author from the drop-down list on the Group 1 tab.

If you use centimeters as report units, type 2 in the Minimum space below header text box. If you use inches as report units, type 1.

This specifies the minimum amount of space which must exist below the group header band in order for it to print on the current page. If the amount of space is not available, the group header will print on the next page. This prevents the author name from being printed at the bottom of a page while the books are printed on the next page.

Click the OK button.

BookCAT creates a group based on the Author field. The corresponding Group Header and Group Footer bands are now visible, and BookCAT has added the Book.Author field to the group header. The Group Header and Group Footer bands will only print each time the value of the Author field changes.

6.	First of all, you need to increase the width of the Author field. Click on the field to select it, and then drag the field’s surrounding sizing handles until the field has the desired width.

Make sure the field is selected, and click the Bold button on the toolbar to use the bold font style.

Update the height of the Group Header band. Click on the title bar of the band (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the button when the band has the desired height. Make sure the height corresponds to the height of the Author field.

7.	We do not need a Title band in this report.

Click with the right mouse button on the Title band and choose Hide from the popup menu.

8.	Hide the Page Header, Page Footer and Summary bands by following the same procedure as in step 7.

9.	Let us now add a couple of fields to the Detail band.

First, make sure the Bold button on the toolbar is “out” (released).

Click the Data Field button on the toolbar and then click on the Detail band.

You see the Choose Field dialog box.

10.	Select Title and click the OK button.

The Title field is added to the Detail band.

Make sure it is positioned along the top border of the Detail band with some white space between it and the left border of the band. To move the field, simply click on it and drag it to the new position.

Make sure the width of about 1/3 of the page width. To resize the field, click to select and then drag the field’s surrounding sizing handles until the field has the desired width.

11.	Click the Data Field button on the toolbar and then click on the Detail band.

You see the Choose Field dialog box.

10.	Select Type and click the OK button.

The Type field is added to the Detail band.

Make sure it is positioned to the right of the Title field. To move the field, simply click on it and drag it to the new position.

11.	You need to decrease the height of the Detail band. Click on the title bar of the band (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag while you hold down the mouse button. Release the button when the band has the desired height.

12.	The Group Footer will only print when the value of the Author field changes, and it is always printed after the Detail band. You will probably find it most useful to use group footers to print totals or other similar information.

In this report, we will count the number of books written by each author, and print the total number of books in the Group Footer.

By default, the height of the Group Footer is set to 0.

To modify the height of the band, click on the title bar of the band (the title bar is the part of the band that displays the band name) and drag downwards while you hold down the mouse button. Release the button when the band has the desired height (approximately 1 centimeter or 1/2 inch).

13.	Click the Calculate button on the toolbar and then click on the Group Footer band.

You see the Choose Field dialog box.

14.	Double click on the Title field to choose it.

A calculation field based on the Title field is added to the report. Since this is a text field, the only type of calculation that is available is Count. To confirm this, click with the right mouse button on the field and choose Type from the popup menu.

Position the calculation field where you want it.

15.	You can now modify the layout yourself. For example, move or resize fields, change fonts or font styles, add colors, use a filter etc.

16.	Choose Save from the File menu to save the report.

You see the Save Report dialog box.

17.	Specify a file name in the File name text box, then click the Save button.

18.	You can now preview the report by clicking the Preview button on the toolbar.

You see the Print Preview dialog box.

If you want, press the Print button to print the report.

19.	Close the Print Preview dialog box by clicking the Close button.


Creating a two column report using a filter

In this example we will create a report with two columns, and we will use a filter to limit the books that are printed.

1.	Choose New from the File menu.

You see the Create New Report dialog box.

2.	Select Book.

3.	Click the OK button to create the report.

4.	To specify that we want two columns, choose Page Setup from the File menu.

You see the Page Setup dialog box.

5.	Type 2 in the Columns text box and click the OK button.

BookCAT adds two new band to the report: Column Header and Column Footer. The Column Header band prints at the top of each column while the Column Footer band prints at the bottom of each column.

Notice that some of the bands, for example the Detail band, now is only half as wide as the page (with two columns it does make sense, doesn’t it?).

6.	We do not need the following bands in this report: Title, Page Header, Column Header, Column Footer, Page Footer and Summary.

Choose Bands / Title from the Report menu to hide the Title band.

Choose Bands / Page Header from the Report menu to hide the Page Header band.

Choose Bands / Column Header from the Report menu to hide the Column Header band.

Choose Bands / Column Footer from the Report menu to hide the Column Footer band.

Choose Bands / Page Footer from the Report menu to hide the Page Footer band.

Choose Bands / Summary from the Report menu to hide the Summary band.

Only the Detail band is now visible.

7.	Click the Data Field button on the toolbar and then click on the Detail band.

You see the Choose Field dialog box.

8.	Select Author from and click the OK button.

The Author field is added to the report.

Make sure it is positioned in the upper left corner of the Detail band. To move the field, simply click on it and drag it to the new position.

9.	Click the Data Field button on the toolbar and then click on the Detail band.

You see the Choose Field dialog box.

10.	Select Title and click the OK button.

The Title field is added to the report.

Make sure it is positioned just below the Author field. To move the field, simply click on it and drag it to the new position.

11.	Click the Data Field button on the toolbar and then click on the Detail band.

You see the Choose Field dialog box.

12.	Select Publisher (in the General group) and click the OK button.

The Publisher field is added to the report.

Make sure it is positioned just below the Title field. To move the field, simply click on it and drag it to the new position.

13.	To resize the data fields, click to select and then drag the field’s surrounding sizing handles to increase the width. Make sure they have the same width as the band.

14.	You can now modify the layout yourself. For example, change the fonts or font styles, add colors, change the sort order, etc.

15.	We only want to print paperback books in the database. To achieve this we use a filter.

Select Filter from the Report menu or click the Filter button on the toolbar.

You see the Simple Filter dialog box.

16.	From the drop-down list the cursor is in, select the Binding field (in the General group).

17.	From the drop-down list below, select Paperback.

18.	Select Use from the Filter menu.

BookCAT activates the filter (the Include / Filter on the Report menu is now selected).

19.	Choose Save from the File menu to save the report.

You see the Save Report dialog box.

20.	Specify a file name in the File name text box, then click the Save button.

21.	You can now preview the report by clicking the Preview button on the toolbar.

You see the Print Preview dialog box.

If you want, press the Print button to print the report.

22.	Close the Print Preview dialog box by clicking the Close button.

23.	Close the Report Designer by choosing Close Window from the File menu.


Modifying the contents of the Report menu

BookCAT comes with more than 80 pre-defined reports! All these reports are automatically added to the Report menu the first time BookCAT is run.

You can easily modify the contents of the Report menu yourself; add new reports, remove reports or update the action that is performed (print the report, preview it on screen, show the Report Options dialog box or bring up the Report Designer) when a report is chosen from the menu.

1.	Choose Edit Menu from the Report menu.

You see the Edit Report Menu dialog box.

The contents of the menu is displayed in a so-called “tree view”. You can add both “headings”, separators and reports to the menu. When you add a heading, a sub-menu is created. A sub-menu can contain an unlimited number of menu items (including new sub-menus), and is useful for grouping the contents of the menu. For example, the default menu structure contains four main headings: Book, Contents, Loan Transaction and Lookup. These headings correspond to the four types of reports you can create.

2.	Locate the item called by Author in the list (under the Book / Grouped heading), select it and press the Edit button.

You see the Edit Menu Item dialog box.

Here you can specify the type of item (heading, separator or report) and the action that is performed when the menu item is chosen (print the report, preview it on screen, show the Report Options dialog box or bring up the Report Designer).

In the Title text box you specify the caption that is displayed in the menu, and in the File name text box the report file name, including the path. You can press the Browse button to choose a report file.

3.	We do not want to make any modifications to this menu item.

Press the Cancel button to close the dialog box.

4.	You can rearrange the items in the list by using drag and drop.

Click on by Binding, hold down the mouse button and drag to by Condition.

When you release the mouse button, the by Binding item is moved to the new position in the list.

5.	Click with the right mouse button on by Binding and choose Move Up from the popup menu.

The selected item is moved up one item.

6.	Repeat step 5.

by Binding has now it’s original position.

7.	Let us add the report we modified earlier in this lesson.

Select the first item in the list (Report Menu) and click the Add button.

You see the Add Menu Item dialog box.

8.	Select Type / Report and Action / Preview Report.

9.	Click the Browse button.

You see the Specify Report File dialog box.

10.	Choose the following path if you installed BookCAT to the \Program Files\BookCAT32 folder on your C drive:

C:\Program Files\BookCAT32\Reports\Book

If you changed the installation drive or folder, adjust the path accordingly.

11.	Select CustomList.rpt from the list.

12.	Choose Open, or double click the file name, to select the report.

You see the report file name, including the path, in the File name text box.

13.	Type My Custom List Report in the Title text box.

14.	Click the OK button to add the report to the menu.

15.	Since the Report Menu heading was selected, BookCAT adds the report as the last menu item under this heading.

16.	Click OK to save the changes and close the dialog box.

17.	Click Report on the menu bar to open the Report menu.

Do you see the report you just added?

Choose it, and see what happens.

This is the end of lesson 5. You can continue with Lesson 6 now, or close BookCAT and complete the tutorial at a later time. When you close BookCAT, the tutorial closes.

If you want to continue with lesson 6 now, click here.


What you will learn in lesson 6
What you will learn lesson 6

When you have finished this lesson, you will be able to do the following tasks:

•	Modify field definitions

•	Use the HTML Generator to create World Wide Web documents.

•	Delete books

•	Compact a database

•	Backup a database

•	Restore a backup

Click the Next button on the toolbar to proceed to the next topic!


Modifying field definitions

BookCAT allows you to change the name of all data fields. You can hide the fields you don’t want to use. These fields will disappear from all windows, menus, lists etc. You only use the fields you want.

To modify field definitions:

1.	Choose Field Definitions from the Tools menu.

You see the Field Definitions dialog box.

This dialog box contains two lists; the Tables list on the Tables tab and the Fields list on the Fields tab. From the Tables list you select the table you want to modify. From the Fields list you select the field you want to modify. Only the fields in the selected table is available from this list.

2.	Let us modify some of the properties of the Publish Date field. By default, this field will let you store the date the book was published. We will now rename this field to Publish Year, and tell BookCAT that we only want to specify the publish year (not the day and month).

Since this field is in the Book table, select Book from the Tables list (the Book table is the first item in the list).

3.	Click on the Fields tab to see the Fields list.

4.	The first column contains the default field name.

Locate the Publish Date field.

5.	Click on the Name text box on the Publish Date row.

6.	Type Publish Year.

That’s it, you have now renamed the Publish Date field to Publish Year!

7.	Let us continue by specifying that we only want to specify the year (not the day and month).

Select Yes from the drop down list in the Year Only column.

Click the Tables tab to activate it.

8.	Let us now tell BookCAT that we do not want to use the Custom 01 field in the Contents table.

Locate the Contents table (the second item from the top).

9.	Click on the Fields tab to see the Fields list.

10.	Locate the Custom 01 field.

11.	Click on the Use drop-down list on the Custom 01 row.

12.	Select No from the drop-down list.

You have now deactivated the Custom 01 field. This field will disappear from the Contents Edit window, from lists etc.

13.	Click the OK button to save the changes and close the dialog box.

14.	Bring up the Book window.

Notice how the field that was called Publish Date, now is called Publish Year, and that BookCAT will only allow you to specify the publish year.

15.	Bring up the Contents Edit window.

As you can see, the Custom 01 field is no longer visible.


Generating a HTML document

In this example you will learn how to use the HTML Generator to create a document you can publish on the Internet.

1.	Choose HTML Generator from the Tools menu.

You see the HTML Generator dialog box.

Let us design a document that lists all books in the sample database sorted by Author.

2.	Choose New from the File menu to create a new document definition.

3.	Type Books in the File name text box.

This is the file name of the document BookCAT will generate (BookCAT will automatically add the file extension htm).

4.	Type Book list in the Title text box.

This title will appear on the browser's title bar when you view the document in a Web browser.

5.	Type My collection (<date>) in the Heading text box.

This text is added to the top of the page.

Note! The code <date> tells BookCAT to insert the current date when the document is generated.

6.	Type the complete URL to your home page in the Home page text box.

BookCAT will embed Back to Home Page with this reference at the bottom of the document.

7.	Click on the Columns tab.

8.	Select the Author, Title and Published Year fields from the list on the left. To select a field, simply double click it.

The list on the right should now contain: Book.Author, Book.Title and Book.Publish Year.

9.	To save the document definition, choose Save from the File menu or press the Save button on the toolbar.

You see the Save HTML Definition dialog box.

10.	Specify a file name in the File name text box, then click the Save button.

11.	To generate the document, choose Generate from the HTML menu or click the Generate button on the toolbar.

12.	To view the generated document in your Web browser, choose View in Browser from the HTML menu or click the View button on the toolbar.


Deleting books and compacting the database

In this example you will learn how to delete books and how to compact the open database.

1.	Since we do not want to delete any of the books in the sample database, we will first add the book that we are going to delete.

Choose New from the Book menu or click the New button on the toolbar.

BookCAT adds a new book. Choose Save from the Book menu or click the Save button on the toolbar to save it (you don't have to add any information).

2.	Deleting a book is a two-step process:

A.	Mark the book as deleted.

B.	Remove the book from the database by compacting the database.

Choose Delete / Current Book from the Book menu to mark the book as deleted.

Notice the word Deleted on the status bar. This informs you that the book is marked as deleted. It has not yet been removed from the database.

3.	We will now compact the database to remove the book from the database.

From the File menu, choose Compact Database.

You see the Compact Database dialog box.

Note! As you change data in a database, the database file can become fragmented and use more disk space than necessary. Periodically, you can compact your database to defragment the database file. The compacted database is usually smaller.

4.	Select the Remove deleted books check box.

5.	Click the OK button.

6.	BookCAT asks you to confirm that you want to remove the deleted book.

Click the OK button.


Backing up your database and restoring the backup

We recommended that you back up your database(s) on a regular basis, for example once a week. You should especially do a backup after adding many new books. The backup can be used if some unusual event occurs which causes your database to become corrupt and non-recoverable.

Note! You should routinely backup your valuable database(s). FNProgramvare has no responsibility for any loss of data.

To backup and restore the open database:

1.	Choose Backup Database from the File menu.

You see the Backup Database dialog box.

2.	Specify the drive and folder you want to backup your database to. Usually, this is drive A.

3.	If you want to compress the backup, select the Compress check box. If you use compression, the backup may occupy as little as ¼ of the original database size.

4.	If you want BookCAT to verify that the backup is OK after the backup is completed, select the Verify check box.

Note! We recommend that you always select this option.

5.	Click the OK button to begin the backup process.

Follow the instructions BookCAT gives you.

Note! If a database is too large to fit onto one diskette, it is automatically split in two or more parts.

6.	To restore the backup, choose Restore Backup from the File menu.

You see the Restore Backup dialog box.

You have to specify the drive and folder to restore the backup from, and the drive and folder to restore the backup to.

7.	Make your selections and click the OK button.

BookCAT restores the backup and opens the database.

Notes

•	You can only have one database backup per folder.

Congratulations, you have completed the BookCAT tutorial. You are now ready to start cataloging your own collection!


This list displays references to other entries (books or sections) based on the keywords linked to the current book or section.

Notes

•	Double click an entry (book or section) to activate it.


Closes the dialog box and activates the selected entry (book or section).


Closes the dialog box.


Select the item you want to edit from this list.


Specify the title of the selected item.


Saves the changes and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without saving the changes.


Press this button to add a new section based on the active contents template.


Press this button to add a new section that is a copy of the current section.


Press this button to close the dialog box without adding a new section.


Specify the item you want to activate. This is only necessary for books that consists of more the one item (multiple volums).


Closes the dialog box and actives the specified item.


Closes the dialog box without changing the active item.


Specify what item the section is located on. This is only necessary for books that consists of more the one item (multiple volums).


Specify the section index number.


Updates the section position and closes the dialog box.


Closes the dialog box without changing the section position.